Economic Valuation of the Benefits of Ecosystem Services delivered by the UK Biodiversity Action Plan Final report to Defra

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "Economic Valuation of the Benefits of Ecosystem Services delivered by the UK Biodiversity Action Plan Final report to Defra"

Transcription

1 Economic Valuation of the Benefits of Ecosystem Services delivered by the UK Biodiversity Action Plan Final report to Defra Dr Mike Christie, Dr Tony Hyde, Rob Cooper, Dr Ioan Fazey, Dr Peter Dennis, Dr John Warren, Dr Sergio Colombo and Prof. Nick Hanley. 1

2 Economic Valuation of the Benefits of Ecosystem Services delivered by the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (Defra Project: NE112) Final Report Report to Defra London August 211 By Dr Mike Christie, Dr Tony Hyde, Rob Cooper, Dr Ioan Fazey, Dr Peter Dennis, Dr John Warren, Dr Sergio Colombo and Prof. Nick Hanley. Contact details: Dr Mike Christie Institute of Biological, Environmental and Rural Sciences, Aberystwyth University, Aberystwyth, Ceredigion, Wales, SY23 3DA. Tel: ; Fax: ; 2

3 Table of Contents Table of Contents... 3 List of Tables... 5 The Economic Valuation of the Ecosystem Service Benefits delivered by the UK Biodiversity Action Plan: Policy Makers Summary... 6 Executive summary Introduction Overview of research protocol Structure of report Part A: Literature review Literature Origin and development of the UK BAP Valuing ecosystems services Part B: Methodology UK BAP policy scenarios Scope of the UK BAP Factual and Counter-factual UK BAP scenarios Step 1: The Choice experiment: Economic valuation of ecosystem services The design of the choice experiment study Selection of ecosystem service attributes Description of ecosystem service attributes Data derived from the choice experiment Step 2: The Weighting Matrix: Assigning ecosystem services to BAP habitats Step 3: Estimation of the value of ecosystem services directly attributable to the UK BAP Results Step 1 Results: The choice experiment Survey response Preliminary analysis of CE models Value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats within own region Value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats within the rest of the UK Value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the UK: within own region + rest of UK Step 2 Results: Weighting Matrix Step 3 Results: Value of ecosystem services direct attributable to the UK BAP Contribution of BAP habitats to the delivery of ecosystem services within each region Value of ecosystem services by BAP habitats Value of ecosystem services by region Cost benefit analysis Part D: Discussion and Conclusions Discussion Critique of choice experiment Critique of weighting matrix Critique of Step Sensitivity analysis Conclusions

4 11.1. Headline results Caveats References Appendix Selection of the UK BAP factual and counter-factual scenarios Choice experiment: ecosystem service attribute and levels Wild Food Non-food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Charismatic species Non-charismatic species Choice experiment survey instrument Instructions for completing the Weighting Matrix

5 List of Tables Table 1: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by ecosystem service Table 2: Area of BAP habitat by country ( Ha)... 1 Table 3: Descriptions of the CE ecosystem service attributes Table 4: Summary of the levels of the ecosystem service attributes used in the choice experiment Table 5: Choice experiment models for ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP: Table 6: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by ecosystem service Table 7: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by habitat... 2 Table 8: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by region Table 9: Summary of UK BAP scenarios examined in this study Table 1: Translation of the MA Ecosystem Framework to the UK BAP Table 11: Descriptions of the CE ecosystem service attributes Table 12: Area ( Ha) of BAP habitats by region, country and UK Table 13: Summary of data sources used to define area and quality of habitat for the UK BAP scenarios Table 14: Summary of the levels of the ecosystem service attributes used in the choice experiment.. 48 Table 15: Number of valuation workshops and participants by region Table 16: Representativeness of survey sample Table 17: Context of choice experiment choice sets Table 18: Choice experiment models for ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP: All UK sample by choice set Table 19: Choice models for the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats within own region (by region of origin) Table 2: Consumer surplus values for the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats within own region (by region of origin) Table 21: Choice models for the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the rest of the UK (by region of origin) Table 22: Consumer surplus values for the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the rest of the UK (by region of origin) Table 23: Consumer surplus values for the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the rest of the UK (by region of benefit) Table 24: Consumer surplus values ( per household) of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the UK Table 25: No. of responses to the weighting matrix by BAP habitat Table 26a: Weighting scores for the levels of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats Table 27: Relative contribution of each habitat to the delivery of ecosystem services within each region... 8 Table 28: Value ( per household per annum) of ecosystem services delivered by the additional actions under the Increased spend BAP scenario (All UK) Table 29: Value ( per household per annum) of ecosystem services delivered by the additional actions under the Current spend BAP scenario (All UK) Table 3: Total value ( m) of ecosystem services delivered by the additional actions under the Increased spend BAP scenario (All UK) Table 31: Total value ( m) of ecosystem services delivered by the additional actions under the Current spend scenario (All UK) Table 32: Household values ( /household /yr) for the additional ecosystem services delivered through the UK BAP actions by region Table 33: Total values ( m /yr) for the additional ecosystem services delivered through the UK BAP actions by region Table 34: Cost benefit analysis of UK BAP broad habitats Table 35: Indicative CBA of the HAPs, Widespread species SAPs, and Single species SAPs Table 36: Effect of knowledge and information on values Table 37: Choice model for UK sampling including socio-economic attributes Table 38: Contingent valuation logit model for full implementation of the UK BAP

6 Table 39: Comparison of values for the UK BAP with values from other environmental programmes Table 4: Experts knowledge of BAP habitats Table 41: Respondent s critique of the weighting matrix Table 42: Respondent s confidence in the weighting scores Table 43: Comparison of levels of carbon sequestration: weighting matrix vs existing literature Table 44: Sensitivity analysis of CE consumer surplus values Table 45: Sensitivity analysis of aggregate values for the UK BAP Table 46: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by region Table 47: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by ecosystem service Table 48: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by habitat Table 49: Predicted changes in the provision of wild food under the three CE scenarios Table 5: Predicted changes in the provision of Non Food products under the three CE scenarios Table 51: Estimates of the CO 2 sequestration from full implementation of the UK BAP Table 52: Estimates of the CO 2 release from No further BAP funding scenario in the UK Table 53: Annual changes in CO 2 sequestration / losses associated with the three CE scenarios ( tonnes CO 2 Yr-1) Table 54: Specification of the water regulation attribute across the three CE scenarios Table 55: Calculations used to estimate proportion of UK BAP habitats achieving condition under the full implementation scenario Table 56: Calculations used to estimate proportion of UK BAP habitats achieving condition under the present BAP scenario Table 57: Calculations used to estimate proportion of UK BAP habitats achieving condition under the No further BAP funding scenario Table 58: Proportion of BAP habitats achieving condition (reflecting sense of place ) for the three CE scenarios Table 59: Number of Charismatic species listed in the UK BAP by country Table 6: Proportion of original BAP charismatic species present in the nine English regions Table 61: Number of charismatic species protected under the three BAP scenarios Table 62: Number of Non-charismatic species listed in the UK BAP by country Table 63: Proportion of original BAP non-charismatic species present in the nine English regions. 135 Table 64: Number of non-charismatic species protected under the three BAP scenarios

7 The Economic Valuation of the Ecosystem Service Benefits delivered by the UK Biodiversity Action Plan: Policy Makers Summary This report presents the findings of a study of The Economic Valuation of the Ecosystem Service Benefits delivered by the UK Biodiversity Action Plan. The research, commissioned by Defra (and partners) in 28, was undertaken by a consortium led by Aberystwyth University. Research had already been undertaken to estimate the costs and expenditure related to meeting the UK BAP. This study was intended to provide estimates of the benefits associated with meeting the UK BAP to complement the costs work. Research aims and objectives The aim of this primary valuation research study was to estimate the value of changes in biodiversity and associated ecosystem services which will result directly from the delivery of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UK BAP). In the study it was assumed that the investigated changes to the UK BAP would be achieved over a 1 year period (21-22) and that the resultant ecosystem service benefits would then be retained for a further 1 years. Specific objectives were: 1. To assess the marginal value of ecosystem services associated with the UK BAP; 2. To assess the levels of ecosystem services delivered by different UK BAP habitats; 3. To assess the marginal value of the UK BAP conservation activities: across the UK as a whole; within different regions of the UK; and across different BAP habitats and species. The nature of these objectives requiring a connection to be made from policy intervention, to change in habitats and species, to changes in ecosystem services, to changes in human values necessarily required innovative approaches to be taken. In particular, it required the development of an approach that was able to use expert judgement to provide an assessment of the ecosystem services delivered by different UK BAP habitats. It also made use of participatory approaches in the primary valuation study. The inclusion of marginal in the description of the objectives in important. We are interested in measuring the monetary value of ecosystem services associated with relatively small, but plausible, changes to the condition of UK BAP habitats; as opposed to measuring the total value of services associated with the UK BAP. Further, the changes that we are interested in are those that result directly from conservation management of UK BAPs. Thus, measuring the marginal benefits allows us to directly compare the benefits from UK BAP management with the costs of undertaking this management. Research approach As highlighted by the recent UK National Ecosystem Assessment, the value of biodiversity is complex. People may benefit from biodiversity directly through the consumption of provisioning services (such as wild food); through the appreciation of biodiversity s cultural service (i.e. the benefits people enjoy from seeing wildlife and experiencing of the natural environment); or through its role in supporting and providing regulating services (e.g. carbon storage and flood alleviation). This report attempts to capture all elements of this value, through focusing on BAP habitats and the impact that BAP investment has on the ecosystem services and biodiversity they provide and support. 7

8 The study took a 3 step approach to achieving this: Step 1: Public Survey A choice experiment to determine the values people place on ecosystem services delivered the UK BAP. Choice experiments are surveys that present people with different policy scenarios, where scenarios are described in terms of different environmental characteristics and different prices. Analysis of people s choices for these scenarios allow us to understand the value associated with the different characteristics which make up the scenario. In this research, seven ecosystem services associated with the UK BAP were examined: Wild food, Non-food products, Climate regulation, Water regulation, Sense of place, Charismatic species and Non-charismatic species. The services used were identified and defined through both public and expert focus groups and therefore represent the services people most readily understood and valued. Values were elicited for the delivery of these services within the respondent s own region and for the rest of the UK to allow for the fact that more locally provided services are likely to be more highly valued. Given the complexity of the experiment, participatory workshops were used to carry out the survey. This allowed more time for the provision of information (including a documentary film) on the complex relationship between BAPs, ecosystem services and values, and promoted reflective learning amongst participants. Participants were also given choice tasks before and after the provision of this information to assess the impact of information provision on their preferences. Step 2: An Ecological Weighting Matrix an experimental technique to allow the pooling of expert judgement and an assessment of the ecosystem services provided by a broad range of habitats. This was an essential innovation to bridge the gap in primary evidence linking our investments in habitats to changes in ecosystem services. Experts were asked to identify the relative levels of ecosystems services delivered by the habitats they were most familiar with across 19 broad BAP habitats. These results were then pooled. Importantly, the weighting matrix also asked experts to identify the proportion of ecosystem services that were directly attributed to BAP conservation activities, a crucial component to help pinpoint the benefit of BAP expenditure. Step 3: Combining steps 1 and 2 to value the benefits of the UK BAP. Step 3 combined the data collected in Steps 1 and 2 to establish the value of the ecosystem services delivered as a direct consequence of UK BAP conservation activities. This was achieved by multiplying the value estimated for the various ecosystem services delivered by the BAP habitats (from the choice experiment in Step 1) with the relative level of ecosystem services delivered by those habitats (from the weighting matrix in Step 2). Two scenarios were examined: Current spend scenario: This aimed to estimate the value of the marginal change in the levels of ecosystems services delivered by the UK BAP habitats at the current level of BAP provision. The counterfactual was withdrawing BAP funding therefore allowing the condition of BAP habitats to deteriorate over time. Increased spend scenario: This aimed to estimate the value of additional ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats above and beyond the current spend scenario where the BAP is fully implemented. It is assumed that the benefits would be achieved by 22 and retained for a further 1 years. The combined results of steps 1 and 2 can also be used to provide estimates of the benefits of BAP expenditures at smaller scales e.g. for each of the 12 UK regions; for different aspects of the BAP or for each of the 19 BAP habitats examined. However, in doing so, the results are necessarily drawn from smaller samples of the data from the public or expert surveys and therefore the results need to be used and interpreted carefully. 8

9 Headline results In the current scenario the value of the ecosystem services directly attributed to UK BAP conservation activities across the UK as a whole were estimated to be 1,366m ( 1.36bn) per year (range: 1259m 1472m). The additional benefits of fully implementing the BAP in the increased spend scenario were estimated at 746m per annum (range: 654m 838m). Table 1 summarises the distribution of these values across the different ecosystem services. Table 1: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by ecosystem service. Ecosystem service Current spend scenario ( m per annum) Additional benefits beyond current spend in the increased spend scenario ( m per annum) Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total Caveats The research reported above represents one of the most detailed primary ecosystem service valuation studies undertaken for biodiversity conservation activities in the UK, particularly in terms of its coverage of a wide range of habitats and ecosystem services, and spatial assessment across 12 UK regions. However, there are a number of caveats to the use of these data. First, the study evaluates the benefits from only a limited range of ecosystem services and therefore the overall value of the UK BAP is likely to be larger than is reported here. Second, there were a number of methodological issues identified which may affect the overall research results. The most significant of which related to the ability of the weighting matrix to provide an accurate assessment of the levels of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP conservation activities across the different BAP habitats. This implies that an element of caution should be applied when presenting and reporting the results of the study, particularly when comparing disaggregated values within the study across habitat types. However, the need to develop the weighting matrix itself reflects a broader gap in the natural science evidence base. The requirement for such an innovation highlights that we not only need to develop values to attach to changes in ecosystem services, but also that we need to understand better the underlying relationship between biodiversity and ecosystem services to allow us to forecast the changes in ecosystem services that result from investments in biodiversity if we want to use ecosystem service valuation to support the case for biodiversity spending going forward. 9

10 Executive summary This report presents the findings of a study of The Economic Valuation of the Ecosystem Service Benefits delivered by the UK Biodiversity Action Plan. The research, commissioned by Defra (and partners) in 28, was undertaken by a consortium led by Aberystwyth University. Research aims and objectives The aim of the research was to estimate the value of changes in biodiversity and associated ecosystem services which will result directly from the delivery of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UK BAP). Specific objectives were: 1. To assess the marginal value of ecosystem services associated with the UK BAP; 2. To assess the levels of ecosystem services delivered by different UK BAP habitats; 3. To assess the marginal value of the UK BAP conservation activities: across the UK as a whole; within different regions of the UK; and across different BAP habitats and species. Background to the UK BAP The UK BAP aims to conserve and enhance important habitats and species. This is achieved by specifying targets for the conservation of habitats and species, and actions designed to meet these targets. The UK action plans originally comprised 45 habitat action plans (HAPs) and 391 species action plans (SAPs). However, in 27, the original list of priority species and habitats was revised and a more comprehensive UK BAP list was generated comprising 65 habitats and 115 species. The new HAP targets are reported in the Revised HAP targets 26 report (BRIG, 26), while the new species lists can be found in the UK BAP (28) Evidence for the selection of priority species spreadsheet. The research reported here will measure the economic value of meeting the targets set in both the original and new, national habitat and species action plans. The distribution of BAP habitats by country is reported in Table 2. Table 2: Area of BAP habitat by country ( Ha) Area of habitat (' Ha) England Scotland Wales Northern Ireland UK Arable margins Blanket bog Hedgerows Limestone pavement Lowland calcareous grassland Lowland dry acid grassland Lowland heathland Lowland meadows Purple moor-grass and rush pastures Upland calcareous grassland Upland hay meadows.9.9 Upland heathland Coastal & floodplain grazing marsh Fens Lowland raised bogs Wet reedbeds Native woodland - All Arable fields Improved grassland Total area of Habitats 7,593 4,379 1, ,213 Notes: 1. Arable fields and improved grassland are not official BAP broad habitat types; however, this category of land use was included to address the BAP widespread species action plans that are often implemented on farmland. 1

11 Research approach The approach used to address these aims involved 3 Steps: Step 1: The choice experiment. A choice experiment study was used to estimate the economic value of the ecosystem services delivered through the UK BAP. Seven ecosystem services associated with the UK BAP were examined (Table 3). Table 3: Descriptions of the CE ecosystem service attributes. Benefit Description Wild food Wild food describes the non-rare food products that you might gather / hunt from nature such as berries, mushrooms etc. The BAP may vary the abundance of wild food. Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation These relate to a wide range of natural products such as timber, plants, fibre, cones, shells, stones etc. that you might gather / photograph from nature for ornamental, artistic or educational purposes. The BAP may vary the abundance of non-food products in the countryside. Many of our important habitats play a small, but important role in storing CO2, which in turn will help reduce the impacts of climate change. The UK BAP may change the amount of CO2 stored by habitats. Many of our important habitats provide important water regulating services. Management of these habitats through the UK BAP may influence the likelihood of future flooding events. Sense of place Threatened animals, amphibians, birds and butterflies. Many of our important habitats are distinctive to specific areas, and thus provide a sense of place. This sense of place might be considered through the sights, sounds and smells found within a particular landscape, or may be linked to a particular historical, cultural, or personal event or activity. The idea of sense of place links in with the warm feeling that your might get from being in a familiar part of the countryside. The UK BAP may influence the extent and quality of these natural and semi-natural habitats. The populations and range of some species of animals, amphibians, birds, and butterflies in your area are under threat. The UK BAP may influence whether (i) the populations of these species continues to decline, (ii) the decline is halted or (iii) the decline is reversed and stable populations are achieved. Threatened trees, plants, insects, and bugs. The populations and range of some species of trees, plants, insects and other bugs in your area are under threat. The UK BAP may influence whether (i) the populations of these species continues to decline, (ii) the decline is halted or (iii) the decline is reversed and stable populations are achieved. Each of the ecosystem service attributes were specified at three levels of provision: Full implementation scenario: the total area of a particular habitat was defined in terms of the current Maintenance area plus the area of new habitat that is restored (Restoration) or created (Expansion) under the 26 BAP targets (BRIG, 26). The area of BAP habitat considered to achieve favourable condition was estimated from the sum of the areas identified as achieving condition plus the area of restoration and expansion. Note that it is assumed that all of the restoration and expansion area would achieve condition. Present BAP scenario: the total area of a particular habitat was defined as the current maintained area only; it is assumed that there would be no expansion or restoration of BAP habitat. The area of this habitat achieving condition is taken directly from the BAP targets report (BRIG, 26). No further BAP funding scenario: the total area of habitat under this scenario would not change from the current Maintenance area. However, the No further BAP funding scenario would result in deterioration in the condition of the habitats. The extent of deterioration was based on the JNCC data on the proportion of habitats considered to be in unfavourable recovering condition (Williams, 26). 11

12 Table 4 below provides a summary of the three levels of the seven ecosystem service attributes explored in the CE. Data on the area and quality of BAP habitats were used to define the levels of the wild food, non-food products, climate regulation, and sense of place attributes, while data on BAP species distribution and status were used to define the charismatic species and non-charismatic species attributes. The levels of the water regulation attribute was based on data from the Foresight report on flood risk (Evans et al., 24a; Evans et al., 24b). The data reported here is by country, however, it should be noted that this data was also specified separately for the nine English regions. Table 4: Summary of the levels of the ecosystem service attributes used in the choice experiment. Wild Food Change in availability of wild food (%) Non-food products Change in availability of wild food (%) Climate change Annual changes in CO2 sequestration ( tonnes CO2 Yr -1 ) Water regulation Change in no. of people at risk (' people) Sense of Place Habitat achieving condition (%) Charismatic species Status of species (No. of species) Non-charismatic species Status of species (No. of species) Choice experiment BAP scenario England Scotland Wales Northern Ireland Full implementation 1% 22% 7% 14% 14% Present BAP No further BAP funding -21% -11% -8.5% -19% -16% Full implementation 1% 22% 7% 14% 14% Present BAP No further BAP funding -21% -11% -8.5% -19% -16% Full implementation Present BAP No further BAP funding Full implementation Present BAP No further BAP funding Full implementation Present BAP No further BAP funding Full implementation Stabilised Declined Present BAP Stabilised Declined No further BAP funding Stabilised Declined Full implementation Stabilised Declined Present BAP Stabilised Declined No further BAP funding Stabilised Declined The choice experiment estimated the values of these services across 19 broad habitats and across the UK as a whole, and for 12 UK regions (Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland and nine English regions). In addition, values were elicited for the delivery of these services within the respondent s own region and for the rest of the UK (i.e. how much they valued ecosystem services in the 11 other UK regions). The choice experiment was administered through valuation workshops. During the workshop, a series of four sets of choice tasks were presented. These choice sets such differed in terms of the amount of UK

13 information given to respondents and the amount of time they had to reflect on the information. The format of the workshops was as follows. Short questionnaire on participant s understanding of BAPs / Ecosystem services; Standard choice experiment task on value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP within respondent s own region (Choice set A); Detailed presentation on and discussion of the UK BAP and associated ecosystem services (including two films); Informed choice experiment task on value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP within respondent s own region (Choice Task B); Informed choice experiment task on value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP outside the respondent s own region, i.e. rest of UK (Choice Task C); Questionnaire on socio-economic characteristics and learning; Follow-up questionnaire. Respondents were asked to complete another reflective choice experiment on value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP within respondent s own region, administered at least one month after the workshop (Choice Task D). Innovative aspects of the choice experiment include the use of participatory valuation workshops which provided more time for the provision of information on the complex relationship between BAPs, ecosystem services and values, and promoted reflective learning amongst participants. Other innovative aspects include the use of a documentary film within the information pack. A total of 618 people were interviewed during 54 choice experiment valuation workshops. Table 5 reports the conditional logit models from the choice experiment for the entire UK sample. The models are specified for four sets of choice tasks. Also reported here is a Pooled A + B model which combines the choice data from Choice sets A and B: it is this pooled data that is for much of the remainder of the analysis for the values within respondents own region. Generally, the ecosystem service attributes were significant (p=.1) in the choice models for choice set A (Basic information) and choice set B (Detailed information): the exceptions being wild food and non-food products attributes under the Full BAP scenario in the choice set A model (which are significant at p=.1) (Table 5). The sign of the attribute coefficients are as expected: the coefficient is negative for reductions in the delivery of ecosystem services (i.e. the No BAP scenario), while the coefficients are positive for an increase in ecosystem service provision (i.e. the Full BAP scenarios). Also, and importantly, the sign of the cost is significant and negative indicating that participants were less likely to choose an option that had a higher cost. It is also useful to note that the sizes of the coefficients are similar between choice sets A and B. This indicates that the provision of more information in choice set B did not significantly affect the choices made by participants. Choice set C (Rest of UK) follows a similar pattern to choice sets A and B, but the Full implementation BAP scenarios for Non-food products and Non-charismatic species are not significant in the model. The model based on choice set D (cooling off) performs less well than the other models, with only the wild food, climate regulation, charismatic species and cost being significant. However, much of this poor performance can be attributed to the lower sample size used in this model. Overall, all of the models demonstrate a good fit to the data (Rho 2 =.15,.14,.13 and.18 for choice set A, B, C and D respectively). In our valuation of the overall value of the UK BAP, we utilise the Pooled A + B choice set to estimate the values for ecosystem services within respondents own region and Choice set C for the values of ecosystems in the rest of the UK. The output from the CE models are combined with the output from the weighting matrix in Step 3 to provide our overall values of ecosystem services delivered by BAP conservation activities. 13

14 Choice set A (Own region, basic info Choice set B (Own region, full info) Choice set C (Rest of UK, full info) Choice set D (Own region, cooling off) Pooled A+B Table 5: Choice experiment models for ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP: Wild food Non food Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Charismatic species Non-charismatic species full bap.155*.1716***.1858***.546**.138 *** no bap -.294*** *** *** -.466*** -.23 *** full bap.1423**.1859*** *** no bap *** *** *** *** full bap.3734***.4219***.2523***.352**.4 *** no bap *** *** *** -.374** *** full bap.3727***.2861***.2774*** *** no bap *** *** *** -.251* -.47 *** full bap.3782***.357***.236*** *** no bap *** *** -.291*** -.387** *** full bap.5353***.3554***.2671***.541**.442 *** no bap *** *** *** -.499*** *** full bap.1848***.178*** *.181 *** no bap -.299*** *** -.89** *** Cost -.43*** -.4*** -.27*** -.6*** -.4 *** LL choice model LL constants only Chi-square Rho-sqrd Rho-sqrd (adj) Obs No. of participants Notes: Asterisk denote level of significance: *** =.1; ** =.5; * =.1 Step 2: The weighting matrix. Step 2 involved the quantification of the relative levels of ecosystem services delivered through implementation of the UK BAP. This was undertaken using a weighting matrix in which fifty eight ecological experts were asked to identify the levels of ecosystems services delivered by the broad BAP habitats. The weighting matrix was essentially an MS Excel spreadsheet application that guides experts through a series of steps to help them to impart their knowledge on the levels of ecosystem services delivered by different BAP habitats: Step 1: The experts identified the three BAP habitats that they were most familiar with (from a list of 19 habitats). These three habitats were then the focus for the remainder of their exercise. Steps 2 and 3: Experts were then asked to rate their habitats in terms of the habitat s contribution to ecosystem service delivery (a service perspective: Step 2). This was followed by a second rating exercise which asked the experts to rate the provision of services within each habitat (a habitats perspective: Step 3). Step 4: The rating scores from Steps 2 and 3 were then averaged to generate a mean weighting score for each BAP habitat : ecosystem service relationship. These weighting scores could range from = no service provision to 1 = full service provision. In Step 4, 14

15 these mean weighting scores were presented back to the experts for review, and if necessary the experts were provided with an opportunity to modify any scores that they are unhappy with. Step 5: The experts were then asked to consider what impact removing BAP conservation activities might have on the provision of ecosystem services. This was achieved by measuring the percentage change in service provision from BAP being in favourable condition to unfavourable condition. Step 6: The experts were asked to review their weighting scores from Step 5 and either modify or confirm these scores. Step 7: In the final step, the experts are asked to review the WM as a tool and express their overall level of confidence in their weighting scores. The output from the WM was a series of weighting scores which reflect the relative contribution that the different BAP habitats have for the delivery of a range of ecosystem services. A score of 1 suggests that a habitat delivers high levels of that service, while a score of suggest that the habitat does not support that service. Importantly, these weighting scores are consistent across all habitats and services investigated, thus enabling direct comparison across the entire matrix. The figures below provide a summary of the weighting scores for the various BAP habitats. In these figures, the total height of the bars represents the relative levels of ecosystem services delivered if the habitat is in favourable condition, i.e. when all BAP targets are met. The light shaded areas at the bottom of the bar represent the levels of ecosystem services delivered if the BAP conservation activities were removed. The darker shaded areas at the top of the bars represent the contribution that BAP conservation activities make to the delivery of services. This latter value is important for this research in that it is these scores that are used in Step 3 to assign the contribution of BAP conservation activities to the valuation exercise. Finally, the error bars represent the standard deviation in the mean weighting scores for the BAP habitats in favourable condition. These error bars thus represent the level of consistency in the weighting scores across the experts: smaller error bars indicate that there was a high degree of agreement across the experts on the weighting score. 15

16 Key to graphs: Total height of bar: Level of service provision under Full implementation of UK BAP. Dark shaded area (top half): Additional services due to BAP Light shaded area (bottom half): Level of service provision without the UK BAP. Error bars: Standard deviation of weighting scores for Full implementation of UK BAP Figure d: Limestone pavements Figure a: Arable field margins Figure e: Lowland Calcareous Grassland Figure b: Blanket bogs Figure f: Lowland Dry Acid Grassland Figure c: Hedgerows Figure g: Lowland Heathland 16

17 Figure h: Lowland Meadows Figure l: Upland Heathland Figure i: Purple moorland grass and rush pastures Figure m: Coastal and Flood Plain Grazing Marsh Figure j: Upland Calcareous Grassland Figure n: Fens Figure k: Upland Hay Meadow Figure o: Lowland Raised Bogs 17

18 Figure p: Reed Beds Figure r: Arable Fields Figure q: Native woodland (All) Figure s: Improved Grassland The weighting matrix was designed as a social survey tool for gathering information on the relative levels of ecosystem services delivered by different UK BAP habitats. The key reasons for choosing this approach, as opposed to a review of literature, was that: (i) there are currently many gaps and uncertainty in the literature; and (ii) most of the available literature is unlikely to be specifically targeted to the context of this research i.e. the UK BAP. Eliciting expert knowledge was also considered to be a relative efficient approach to addressing these knowledge gaps. Given the above, we argue that our matrix was appropriate and fit for purpose given the remit of this study. There were, however, some concerns raised about the validity of the results from the weighting matrix. To address these concerns, a follow-up meeting was organised in which a group of experts were asked to review and comment on the weighting scores. Based on the evidence collected within the matrix and during the expert workshop, we argue that: (i) the experts who completed the matrix were sufficiently knowledgeable to competently complete the task (although some reviewers argued that a wider range of experts could have been sampled); (ii) the resultant weighting scores were generally consistent across the experts; (iii) the standard deviations in the scores generally captured likely variations in service delivery by a particular habitat; and (iv) that the range of scores across the different habitats and services generally met expectations. However, there were more specific concerns regarding some of the weighting scores. In particular, there was a lack of consistency in the weighting score for the Additional services due to the BAP. This finding is of concern since it is these findings that are used in Step 3 to calculate the overall value of UK BAP conservation activities. However, it was also clear from the discussions held during the validation meeting that current knowledge on how BAP conservation activities affect the delivery of ecosystem services is generally poor and that it would be difficult to provide clear evidence on this without undertaking field experiments (which was out with the scope of this research). Thus, the lack of consistency found in the weighting matrix for the Additional services due to BAP may simply reflect current gaps and uncertainty in knowledge rather than represent flaws in the methodology. However, this does have a consequence for the interpretation of our research results. 18

19 There were also concerns relating to the weighting scores for the Lowland dry acid grassland, Arable fields, Arable margins and Upland calcareous grassland habitats. In all cases, the scores for these habitats were not consistent across experts: it is thought that these inconsistencies were the result of a low sample size. Based on the above critique, we advise caution for the interpretation and wider use the weighting scores. Step 3: Estimation of the value of UK BAP Step 3 combined the data collected in Steps 1 and 2 to establish the marginal total economic value of the ecosystem services delivery as a direct consequence of UK BAP conservation activities. This was achieved by multiplying the value estimated for an ecosystem service delivered by BAP habitats (from the choice experiment in Step 1) with the weighting scores for the relative level of ecosystem services delivered by those habitats (from the weighting matrix in Step 2). Two policy relevant scenarios were examined in this valuation: Increased spend scenario: In this scenario, we were interested in estimating the value of the marginal change in the levels of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats from the current situation to the situation where the UK BAP is fully implemented. This scenario may be used to justify (or not) increasing expenditures on the UK BAP; Current spend scenario: In this scenario, we were interested in estimating the value of the marginal change in the levels of ecosystems services delivered by the UK BAP habitats from the current situation to the situation of no further funding of the UK BAP (i.e. the condition of the BAP would deteriorate over time). This scenario may therefore be used to justify (or not) the continuation of existing expenditures on the UK BAP. In Step 3, we estimated the economic value of these two scenarios for: the UK BAP in its entirety; for each of the 12 UK regions; for each of the 19 BAP habitats examined; and for the UK BAP Habitats Action Plans (HAPs), the widespread Species Action Plans (wsaps); and for the individual Species Action Plans (ssaps). The headline results from this research are as follows: The marginal total economic value of the ecosystem services directly attributed to UK BAP conservation activities across the UK as a whole were 1365m per annum (range: 1259m 1472m) for the Current spend scenario, and 746m per annum (range: 654m 838m) for the Increased spend scenario that assesses the additional benefit above that currently delivered by spending to meet the BAP targets.. In both the Increased spend and Current spend scenarios, water regulation services ( 168m and 413m respectively) and climate regulating services ( 163m and 413m respectively) were most highly valued (Table 47). Wild food and non-food products tended to attain the lowest values (Table 6). Table 6: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by ecosystem service. Ecosystem service Current spend scenario ( m per annum) Additional benefits beyond current spend in the increased spend scenario ( m per annum) Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total

20 Under the Increased spend scenario, the habitats that deliver the highest value of ecosystem services included Blanket bog ( m / yr), Native woodland ( m / yr), Upland heath ( 94.58m / yr), Improved grassland ( 9.66m / yr), and hedgerows ( 62.5m / yr). (Table 48). In the Current spend scenario, Blanket bog ( 67.48m / yr), Native woodland ( m / yr), Improved grassland ( m / yr), Upland heath ( ) and Hedgerows ( m / yr) produced the highest value services (Table 7). Note these figures reflect aggregated values across different areas of habitat, so give an order of magnitude of the benefits provided by the areas as covered by the UK BAP as opposed to the relative value of habitats across similar areas. Table 7: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by habitat BAP habitat Current spend scenario ( m per annum) Additional benefits beyond current spend in the increased spend scenario ( m per annum) BAP habitat Current spend scenario ( m per annum) Additional benefits beyond current spend in the increased spend scenario ( m per annum) Arable margins Upland hay meadow.3.2 Blanket bog Upland heath Hedgerows Coastal floodplain Limestone pavement Fens Low calc grassland.88.8 Lowland raised bog Low dry acid grass Wet reed beds Lowland heath Native woodland Low Hay meadow Arable fields Purple moor. grass Improved grassland Upland calc grass All BAP Habitats The Increased spend scenario was most highly valued in London ( 183.m per annum), Scotland ( 159.6m per annum) and the South East ( 74.m per annum). Lowest values were found in the East of England, Northern Ireland, West Midland and the North East (Table 46). The Highest values for the Current spend scenario were found in London ( 486.8m per annum), Scotland ( 38.7m per annum) and the South West ( 113.m per annum). Lowest values were found in the East of England, East Midlands, Northern Ireland, and the North East (Table 8). Much of the difference between regions is driven by the population of those regions who have access to habitats. In the Increased spend scenario, people had similar values for the BAP in their own region and in the rest of the UK. However, in the Current spend scenario higher values were attained for the rest of the UK (Table 8). 2

21 Scotland Wales Northern Ireland England North East North West Yorkshire and Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England London South East South West UK (All respondents) 1 Table 8: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by region. Increased spend scenario Within own region Rest of UK Total value Current spend scenario Within own region Rest of UK Total value Notes: 1 The UK figure in the last column is based on the analysis of all respondents from across the UK. It does not represent the summation of the values derived across the 12 regions. Estimates are also made of the value of the different components of the UK BAP: o The combined value of the 17 broad Habitat Action Plans was estimated to be 1,186m per annum for the Current spend scenario and 651m per annum for the Increased spend scenario; o The value of the widespread Species Action Plans was estimated to be between 525m - 528m per annum for the Current spend scenario and between 32m - 34m per annum for the Increased spend scenario. o The value of the single Species Action Plans was estimated to be 469m in the Current spend scenario and 254m per annum in the Increased spend scenario. Caveats The research reported above represents one of the most detailed ecosystems valuation studies undertaken in the UK to date, particularly in terms of its coverage of a wide range of habitats and ecosystem services, as well as across 12 UK regions. Furthermore, all the data was collated using a standard research protocol, which means that the data is, at minimum, internally consistent, thus allowing robust relative comparisons of values across habitats, services and regions. However, there are a number of caveats to the use of this data, both in terms of the scope of the study and in the robustness of the value estimates. Scope of study Although this study aims to provide a comprehensive assessment of the value of the UK BAP, it is important to recognise the assumptions and limitations associated with the study: The study only evaluates the benefits associated with a limited range of ecosystem services associated with the UK BAP. Seven ecosystem services were selected for inclusion in the study on the basis that they were (i) representative of the range of possible provisioning, regulation and cultural services and (ii) valued by members of the public. However, these seven services do not cover all of the possible services delivered by the UK BAP. For example, we do not include pollination services in our study. Only non-market services are evaluated in the study. In the study we do not attempt to evaluate the benefits from marketed goods and services such as commercial food production. Indeed, it is likely that the UK BAP may reduce the levels of provision of these services. 21

22 Our study is based on public valuations of ecosystem services. In other words, our study is solely based on the values derived from an empirical choice experiment that was administered specifically for this study. We do not attempt to utilise value transfer to feed in value estimates from other studies or utilise other market-based values for services, e.g. we do not utilise the shadow price of carbon to evaluate climate regulation services. Robustness of value estimates. In this study we aimed to develop a research protocol that would generate robust value estimates. Although we believed that we were largely successful in this, there are a number of outstanding issues that affect the robustness of the results and therefore are highlighted again here. In the choice experiment, valuation data was collected at the UK level and across 12 UK regions. Generally, the data from the UK sample was found to be robust (the only ecosystem services that was found to be insignificant in the CE models was the non-charismatic species attribute in the rest of the UK scenario). However, in the regional model (where the sample size was smaller), many of the ecosystem service attributes were insignificant in the CE models. The consequence of which was that we were unable to attain values for these services and therefore the regional values are likely to be under-estimates of the true value of delivered services. We therefore advise the reader caution in the interpretation of the regional models. Most of the results presented in this report are based on the UK sample and therefore are generally robust. In the weighting matrix, some concerns were raised in terms of the robustness of some of the habitat / ecosystem services weighting scores. In particular, some of the grassland and arable habitats only received a limited number of responses and therefore may be open to question. Also, it should be stressed that the weighting scores represent a somewhat simplistic measure of the impact of the UK BAP on the delivery of services, and therefore we advise caution in the use and interpretation of our weighting scores. However, the weighting matrix was a response to a lack of primary data on the on the ecosystem services delivered by different habitats, so whilst it was not perfect it did allow estimates to be made of the benefit of the BAP using an ecosystem approach. As our knowledge of the link between biodiversity and ecosystems services improves this issue will diminish, but it highlights the need to consider not just the needs in terms of the end point of economic valuation, but also of the biophysical changes that underpin this. 22

23 1. Introduction In January 28, a consortium led by Aberystwyth University successfully secured a Defra (and partners) funded research project on Economic Valuation of the Benefits of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan. The overall aim of the research is to estimate the value of changes in biodiversity and associated ecosystem services which will result from the delivery of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UK BAP) by 21. Specific objectives include: 1. To assess the marginal value of ecosystem services associated with the UK BAP; 2. To assess the levels of ecosystem services delivered by different UK BAP habitats; 3. To assess the marginal value of the UK BAP conservation activities: a. across the UK as a whole; b. within different regions of the UK; c. across different BAP habitats and species. This report presents the findings from this research Overview of research protocol The UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UK BAP) was developed in 1994 to implement the government s commitment to the Convention on Biological Diversity signed at the Rio Earth Summit in The key aim of the UK BAP is to conserve and enhance important habitats and species. The original UK BAP comprised 45 habitat action plans (HAPs) and 391 species action plans (SAPs). However, this list was revised in 27 and the UK BAP now comprises 65 habitats and 1149 species: although it should be noted that action plans have not yet been developed for the majority of new habitats and species. This research will utilise an ecosystem approach (Defra, 27) to value the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP. In particular, we will assess the value of ecosystem services delivered by two policy-relevant funding scenarios: i. Maintaining current spend on the UK BAP (Current spend scenario), i.e. the value of ecosystem services associated with achieving the original BAP targets; ii. Increasing spend to meet the revised BAP targets (Increased spend scenario), i.e. the value of ecosystem service associated with achieving the revised BAP targets. Any evaluation of the UK BAP will be challenging. The UK BAP is complex: it comprises 65 priority habitats and 115 species. Knowledge of some of these habitats and species is limited, dispersed and in disparate forms. Action plans for these habitats and species are implemented at both a national and local level. Further, information on the extent to which the UK BAP is meeting its stated targets is often limited. There is also limited knowledge with respect to how the UK BAP (and the individual HAPs and SAPs) contribute to the delivery of ecosystem services. The Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (25) provides a useful framework to examine these linkages between habitat and service delivery; however scientific knowledge of these linkages is often poor or missing. A further complication that is relevant to this research relates to knowledge on the extent to which the conservation activities associated with the UK BAP (or any other conservation programme) directly impacts ecosystem service delivery. In other words, it will be important to disentangle those ecosystem services that are delivered (i) as a direct result of the UK BAP conservation activities, and (ii) those residual services that would be delivered by the habitat in the absence of any UK BAP conservation activity. Public knowledge of the UK BAP and its associated ecosystem services is generally poor and therefore valuation protocols that aim to elicit public values of the benefits of the UK BAP will need to adopt innovative approaches to data collection. 23

24 To address these (and other) challenges, we have developed an innovative and novel research protocol to the valuation of the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP. The protocol (summarised below) involves three basic steps. Step 1. Valuation of the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats. Step 1 addresses the first research objective. Here, a choice experiment (CE) was administered to estimate the economic value of the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats. Seven ecosystem services were examined in the CE: Wild food, Non-food products, Climate regulation, Water regulation, Sense of place, Charismatic species and Non-charismatic species. These services were broadly based on the ecosystem services identified in the Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (25). An additional CE attribute relating to annual increases in taxation was also included as the monetary attribute. Each of the seven ecosystem service attributes were defined according to three levels of provision based on three future management scenarios for the UK BAP: a Full implementation scenario (where all UK BAP targets are achieved leading to an increase in the provision of ecosystem services); a Present BAP scenario (the status quo scenario where current levels of ecosystem services are maintained); and a No further funding scenario (where there is no further investment in the UK BAP, which results in a decline in the delivery of ecosystem services). These three CE scenarios are subsequently used to estimate the marginal economic benefits associated with two policy-relevant funding options for the future of the UK BAP: Current spend scenario. This funding scenario may be used to justify (or not) current expenditures on the UK BAP. The marginal benefits from this funding scenario were estimated by subtracting the No further funding CE scenario from the Present BAP CE scenario; Increased spend scenario. This funding scenario may be used to justify (or not) possible future increased spend on the UK BAP to meet the revised BAP targets. The marginal benefits from this funding scenario were estimated by subtracting the Present BAP CE scenario from the Full implementation BAP CE scenario. The choice experiment was designed to allow the valuation of the benefits of the UK BAP to be made for the UK as a whole, for England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland, and for the nine English regions. In addition, we also explore values for the delivery of these services within the respondent s own region (i.e. the region where the respondent currently lives) and for the rest of the UK (all other regions of the UK excluding the one where the respondent lives). This breakdown of results was undertaken to allow more accurate aggregation of the results for the UK as a whole and across the different regions of the UK. Innovative aspects of the CE include the use of participatory valuation workshops. The employment of workshops (as opposed to more traditional face to face interviews) was considered important for this study as they allow more time for the provision of information on the complex relationship between BAPs, ecosystem services and values, as well as promoting reflective learning. Other innovative aspects include the use of a documentary film within the information pack. The workshop was also designed to allow the testing of information effects bias and the impact of constructed preferences. Finally, it is important to highlight here that the CE is used to estimate the ecosystem service benefits delivered by the habitats listed under the UK BAP. Thus, the benefits estimated in the CE include the additional services that are directly attributable to the UK BAP conservation activities (which are the ultimate focus of this research) and the residual services that would still be delivered by the habitats in the absence of any UK BAP conservation activities. The justification for focusing the CE on the services delivered by BAP habitats is that currently there is too little evidence on the contribution of conservation activities to the delivery of ecosystem services. We do, however, address this 24

25 information gap in Step 2 through the weighting matrix in which experts are asked to assess the relative contribution of the UK BAP conservation activities to the delivery of ecosystem service. The benefit estimates derived from the CE should therefore be interpreted as the value of BAP habitats rather than the value of BAP conservation activities. Step 2: Quantification of the levels of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP The second step of the research involves the quantification of the relative levels of ecosystem services delivered by the various BAP habitats. Step 2 thus directly addresses research objective 2. This assessment was made using a weighting matrix in which 58 biodiversity action plan co-ordinators ( experts ) were asked to identify the levels of ecosystems services delivered by the different UK BAP habitats. The output from this exercise was a series of weighting scores for each habitat:ecosystem service combination. In addition, the weighting matrix was also used identify the proportion of delivered ecosystem services that could be directly attributed to the conservation activities associated with the UK BAP. In other words, the experts were asked to disaggregate the services that were directly attributable to the BAP conservation activities from the residual services that would still be delivered in the absence of the UK BAP. By extracting the knowledge of experts, the weighting matrix overcomes a number of research challenges. First, it helps to overcome the current gaps in the scientific literature on the levels of ecosystem services delivered by different habitats. Secondly, it ensures that the information collated is relevant to the UK BAP context. Step 3 Estimation of the marginal total economic value of the ecosystem services attributable to the UK BAP. The final step in our analysis is to combine the data collected in Steps 1 and 2 to establish the marginal total economic value of the ecosystem services delivery as a direct consequence of UK BAP conservation activities (Research objective 3). This is achieved by multiplying the values of the ecosystem services delivered by BAP habitats (Step 1: Choice experiment) with the habitat:ecosystem service weighting scores (Step 2: Weighting matrix). The outputs from Step 3 include estimates of the marginal total economic value for the UK BAP in its entirety, as well as for various subcomponents of the UK BAP. Figure 1: Overview of research approach. 25

26 Adoption of the above research protocol allows us to collect data on the marginal total economic value of the ecosystem services directly attributed to UK BAP spend for: the UK BAP across the UK as a whole; each of the 12 UK regions; each of the 19 BAP habitats examined; and the UK BAP Habitats Action Plans (HAPs), the widespread species Species Action Plans (wsaps); and for the individual Species Action Plans (ssaps). These values are estimated for two future UK BAP funding scenarios: (i) maintaining current levels of spend on the UK BAP, and (ii) Increasing spend to meet the revised UK BAP targets. Finally, the findings from the above are used to provide an indicative cost benefit analysis of the ecosystem services directly attributable to: Habitat Action Plans; Widespread Species Action Plans; and Single Species Action Plans Structure of report This report is structured into twelve sections. Following this introduction, Section 2 provides a brief review of the literature on the ecosystems approach to valuation. Section 3 then introduces the UK BAP and develops the BAP scenarios that will be evaluated in this research. Section 4 to 6 then describes the three Step involved in the research protocol. Section 4 describes the choice experiment protocol that was used to assess the economic value of the ecosystem services provided by habitats included in the UK BAP. Section 5 then describes the weighting matrix that was used to (i) link the UK BAP habitats to the delivery of ecosystem services and (ii) to identify the contribution that UK BAP conservation activities have on the provision of ecosystem services. Finally, Section 6 describes the approach used to combine the data from these two elements, to allow a comprehensive assessment of the value of ecosystem services that are directly attributable to the UK BAP conservation activities. The results of these three steps are respectively reported in Sections 7, 8 and 9. A critique of the report approach and results is presented in Section 1, and we make some concluding comments in Section 11. Finally, in the appendix to the report, copies of the choice experiment questionnaire and weighting matrix reproduced, along with some more detailed information on the methodology. 26

27 Part A: Literature review Part A of this report provides an overview of the literature relevant to the economic valuation of the UK BAP. First, we report detail on the origins and development of the UK BAP (Section 2.1). This is followed in Section 2.2 by a review of the key theoretical issues that need to be considered for an economic assessment of the value of biodiversity. 27

28 2. Literature The review of literature first presents background information on the UK BAP (Section 2.1). This is then followed by a review of the key academic literature relating to how best to assess the links between the UK BAP and ecosystem services (Section 2.2.1) and the ecosystems approach to economic valuation (Section 2.2.2) 2.1. Origin and development of the UK BAP The contribution of nations to conserving biodiversity was formally agreed by the international political community in the UNCED Rio Summit (1992) enshrined in the Convention on Biodiversity and Sustainable Development (CBD). The CBD recognises that all levels of biodiversity (from genetic and species to ecosystems) contribute to maintenance of processes that provide a range of fundamental goods and services (termed ecosystem services ) which are essential in the support of human existence for health, well-being, and the provision of livelihoods (Costanza et al., 1997; Daily, 1997; Millennium Ecosystem Assessment, 25; TEEB, 21). As a result of the Convention, the UK and European Commission developed and published biodiversity conservation strategies (in 1994 and 1998 respectively). In the UK, this included the formation of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UK BAP) which had the key objective of conserving and enhancing habitats and species. Despite the broader sustainable development objectives of the Rio Convention, the UK BAP Steering Group took an approach that emphasised the production of lists of habitat and species action plans in the Biodiversity Strategy (Anonymous 1995). Implementation of the plans was assisted by broadening responsibility for conservation across the public, NGO and business sectors through the Agenda 21 process and wildlife legislation brought in through the devolved Governments of the UK. There was a general lack of resources available to implement the action plans published in the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (1995). The National Biodiversity Network, established in 1998, aimed to complement the BAP process by assisting the sharing of information through a widely accessible database of species and habitats. Local biodiversity partnerships (LBPs) were established within many local authorities (LAs) across the UK from 1998 with the purpose of translating the general UK BAP to Local Biodiversity Action Plans (LBAPs) for implementation and delivery of both national and locally agreed targets. Audits were conducted of habitats and species that were or had until recently been represented in each LBAP area to identify appropriate habitats and species to include in the local biodiversity species and habitat action plans (LSAPs and LHAPs). Local Biodiversity Officers were appointed to coordinate local efforts by regional staff of statutory conservation agencies, NGOs, LA Ranger Service staff, academics and volunteer wildlife conservationists towards productions of costed LSAPs and LHAPs stating agreed local priorities. Steady progress has been made on many LSAPs and LHAPs in LBAPs covering a reasonable number of LA areas. There has been a recent trend for newer LBAPs to simply refer to the national general action plans rather than provide local adapted versions that provide figures on local habitat and species assets, their status and precise targets for conservation, enhancement or increased public awareness at given dates. To record progress towards the UK BAP targets the Biodiversity Action Reporting System (BARS) was established ( In general, BARS is a web-based information system that supports the planning, monitoring and reporting requirements of national and local Biodiversity Action Plans (BAPs). It records information on the following: Conservation and enhancement of habitats and species; Activities to improve quality of habitats / size of populations; Activities to increase area of habitats / range of species; Activities to improve public understanding activities and participation in nature conservation. 28

29 Species and habitats were originally selected on the basis of their recent rates of loss or their rare or threatened status. Lack of quantitative data on the extent and rate of change in area of many habitats under consideration or population data of some species led to biases in the selection process. A wide ranging consultation and review involving over 5 people was therefore conducted and completed in 27 which presented a new UK List of Priority Species and Habitats. This list, a result of the most comprehensive biodiversity analysis ever undertaken in the UK, contains 1149 species and 65 habitats that have been listed as priorities for conservation action under the UK Biodiversity Action Plan. A list of all habitat and species action plans can be found on the UK BAP website In 26 Defra undertook a series of costings studies of the UK BAP (Buisson and Rayment, 26; GHK Consulting Ltd., 26). The aims of these studies were to establish current expenditure on the UK BAP, as well as to estimate the spending gap relating to full implementation of the UK BAP targets. In this study, we aim to directly link into the costings work to allow a cost benefit assessment of the UK BAP to be undertaken. It was therefore essential that our valuation study is designed to be consistent with the UK BAP costings work. Note, the since this study was undertaken, Defra have updated its UK BAP costings research (GHK Consulting LTD., 21) 2.2. Valuing ecosystems services An assessment of the value of the UK BAP is likely to be a complex process because it raises a number of questions about what is to be valued, from what perspective, and by whom. A useful approach to thinking about valuing biodiversity is to adopt an ecosystem services focus because this helps to define the operational unit to be valued. An ecosystem services approach to valuing biodiversity also helps to frame discussions about what the multiple objectives of conserving biodiversity might be (Haines-Young and Potschin 27). Approaches that ask people to value ecosystem services are therefore useful but have not been widely applied (Hartje et al. 23). Part of the reason for this is the need to understand the complex linkages between biodiversity, ecosystem services and value. Unfortunately there are many gaps in current knowledge and high degrees of uncertainty involved in estimating those gaps. This theoretical review is primarily concerned with understanding these linkages. Section provides a theoretical discussion of the linkages between the UK BAP and associated ecosystem services (Step 2 in Figure 1), while Section provides a review of approaches to valuing ecosystems services (Step 1 in Figure 1). The research protocol to be utilised in this research draws on this theoretical framework Understanding linkages between species, habitats and ecosystem services Recent research effort relating to the valuation of biodiversity and ecosystem services include projects funded through Defra s Ecosystems Approach Action Plan (NR13, NR16 NR111), as well as elsewhere (Barbier, 27; Christie et al., 26; Costanza et al., 1997; European Commission and German Ministry for the Environment, 28; IUCN, 24; MEA, 25). However, a number of major challenges remain. First, the whole approach to valuing ecosystem services assumes that the linkages between the structure and functions of natural systems, the benefits (i.e., goods and services) derived by humanity, and their subsequent values can be identified and quantified and, importantly, meaningfully described to the public (Barbier, 27; Heal et al., 25). For example, some of the significant challenges associated with understanding the relative contribution of different species and habitats to provision of ecosystem services include: 1) Difficulties understanding the nature of the contribution of species to ecosystem services. The majority of species do not contribute in an easily quantified way to ecosystem services. This is because the services are an emergent property of many interacting factors. The more tangible of these services include: pollination, flood defence, and water purification, but even these 29

30 ecosystem services are difficult to associate with a specific species and to understand service provision better it is often more meaningful to carry out analysis of how ecosystems as opposed to species populations operate. 2) Difficulties determining which species relate to which habitats or biotypes. This arises because some species have strong affinities for particular habitats, while others that occur in several (e.g. natterjack toad; silver studded blue butterfly) will have a weak habitat affinity. Further, there is often a mismatch of scale with regards to what constitutes a habitat for one species compared with another. 3) Difficulties determining which species contribute to ecosystem services in different ecosystems. Some species play a major functional role in some ecosystems in which they occur, but not others where they are found. Some others (i.e. keystone species) may have low biomass but contribute disproportionately to the functioning of an ecosystem. 4) Difficulty in determining the degree to which a species or habitat contributes to an ecosystem service (e.g. water regulation) which transcends a number of habitats or ecosystems. 5) Difficulty in determining the degree to which the same type of habitat or ecosystem in different contexts contributes to trans-ecosystem ecological services. This is because the individual contribution of many habitats to ecosystem services varies depending on their spatial arrangement, ecological state, and age. 6) Lack of understanding about the function of species within ecosystems. A widely held view is that ecosystem processes are typically regulated by a few abundant / dominant species, and conversely, rare species contribute little or nothing to ecosystem services. If this view is correct, then the majority of species covered by species biodiversity action plans are unlikely to make a significant contribution to the delivery of complex ecosystem services, because these species are selected by virtue of their rarity. However, the opposing ecological theory would argue that all species make a contribution to functioning of their ecosystem, and therefore all species should be credited with meaningfully contributing to the delivery of ecosystem services, not least because some rare charismatic and non charismatic species are likely to be highly valued because they are rare. It may also be that currently rare species play a key insurance role, as for example species which may temporarily achieve abundance and help support ecosystem services after fire or other perturbation, but which gradually decline between perturbation events. Haines-Young et al. (27) provide a useful framework to consider the complex linkages between habitats, services and benefits (Figure 2). This highlights that, in order to effectively value ecosystem services, those ecosystem services need to be presented in terms of final products, which can then be consumed / valued by people. Identification of final products will help to avoid double counting of benefits (which would be an issue if intermediate products are considered). 3

31 Biophysical structure or process (e.g. woodland habitat or net primary productivity ) Limit pressures via policy action? Σ Pressures Function (e.g. (e.g. slow slow passage of of water, water, or or biomass) Service Service (e.g. (e.g. flood flood protection, protection, or or harvestable harvestable products) products) Can a limit be set for minimum levels of service? Benefit (Value) Benefit (Value) (e.g. willingness to (e.g. willingness to pay for woodland pay for woodland protection or for protection or for more woodland, or more woodland, or harvestable harvestable products) products) Intermediate Products Final Products Figure 2: The logic underlying the ecosystem services paradigm. (Source: Haines-Young et al., 26) In the literature there are a number of projects that attempt to link biodiversity / habitats to ecosystem services. The most widely known is the Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (MEA, 25). However, perhaps of most relevant to this research is the matrix developed by Haines-Young and Potschin (28). In their matrix, the authors provide a qualitative assessment of the level of ecosystem services delivered by habitats, as well as a qualitative assessment of the likely change in the provision of these services. Such a qualitative assessment is adequate if the outcome only intends to understand linkages between the biophysical properties (e.g. species and habitats) and ecosystem services. However, in order to then successfully link the ecosystem services to the benefits that are expressed in monetary terms, a quantitative assessment of the provision of ecosystem services is preferable because it enables more precise estimates of the benefits provided by the ecosystem service. This, in turn, would allow a more accurate valuation of the actual ecosystem service benefits derived from BAPs. It is for this reason that we develop our own quantitative BAP habitat : ecosystem service weighting matrix (described in Section 5). A second issue for translating BAPs to ecosystem services relates to the perspective used for this exercise. Haines-Young (27) identify three perspectives: habitat, service and place perspectives. The first determines the ecosystem services derived from a habitat (e.g. wetlands contributing to flood defences and regulation of water quality), the second determines which habitats provide a particular ecosystem service (e.g. wet grasslands, marsh and peat bogs contribute to flood defences), and the third outlines the services provided, for example, by a particular catchment. Although Haines-Young identifies the merits of each of three perspectives, he does not recommend a preferred perspective; although in their own matrix they utilise a service perspective (Haines-Young and Potschin, 28). The choice of perspective is important with regards to translating BAPs to ecosystem services. In our weighting matrix (Section 5), we utilise a dual perspective, which draws on both the habitats and services perspectives. The reason for adopting both perspectives is that it provides a much more robust assessment of the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP than would be achieved if a single perspective was adopted. A third, practical issue relates to the complexity of the UK BAP. As outlined earlier, the UK BAP comprises action plans for 65 habitats and 1149 species. Collecting data on all of the links between these action plans and their associated ecosystem services would be a significant undertaking that would require the review and synthesis of large volumes of both academic and grey literature. Clearly, this is out with the scope of this study. Further, it is likely that there would be many data 31

32 inconsistencies and gaps that would limit the comprehensiveness of such an exercise. Thus, rather than attempt to examine the literature in detail, we adopt a more pragmatic approach that collates and synthesises expert knowledge. Such an approach was utilised in the production of the Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (MEA 25). Here, expert opinion and value judgements from an impressive collection of global ecologists were used to first define headline ecosystem services and then focus on consequences of these for human well-being. This pragmatic approach to assessment is probably fairly robust with respect to simple direct usage of ecosystem services. However, it is probably more open to criticism in terms of identifying problems with more complex ecosystem services, where the rates of change are slow compared to changes in their drivers, or where complex spatial ecology and threshold effects are involved. Having said that, we argue that the elicitation of expert knowledge on the links between the UK BAP and their associated services is currently the most practical solution to assessing the ecosystem services impacts of the UK BAP. Other studies that have successful used a similar approach include Hutchinson (21) and Maynard (21). In our study, we develop a weighting matrix which collates information from 58 UK BAP co-ordinators on the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP. Further detail of the weighting matrix is provided in Section Ecosystem service valuation The economic valuation of the benefits associated with ecosystem services is challenging. These challenges include identifying ways in which to meaningfully describe the often complex and unfamiliar ecosystem service concepts to the public. Research undertaken by Christie et al. (26) highlight the issues of the public s low level of understanding of ecosystem services, particularly in the context of stated preference valuation methods; e.g. when people are trying to make their underlying implicit preferences explicit or when they have little knowledge about the element being valued (MacMillan et al., 26). This challenge may be overcome by employing more participatory approaches to valuation such as deliberative valuation (Lichtenstein and Slovic, 26), valuation during Citizen s juries (Alvarez-Farizo and Hanley, 26; Blamey et al., 2), and mediated modelling (Costanza and Ruth, 1998; Van den Belt et al., 1998). These approaches enable a more indepth analysis of peoples underlying beliefs, perceptions and values, and which allow participants to learn about the goods being valued (Christie et al., 28a). A further challenge for this research is the fact that there is often incomplete knowledge of how ecosystems work and in particular there are issues relating to how valuation can deal with uncertainty, irreversibility and non-linearity in ecosystem functions. Although, the scope of the research does not allow these issues to be directly addressed, the adoption of an inter-disciplinary approach to research where economists and ecologists work together as a cohesive team helped to address these issues and allow knowledge to be adapted to the research needs. Furthermore, the valuation framework was designed so that respondents were explicitly made aware of any uncertainties in ecological knowledge. Finally, there are a number of issues relating to the aggregation of values, including how to avoid double counting. To some extent, these issues can be accounted for during the design and administration of the valuation protocol. In particular, a focus on final products during the valuation exercise (Haines-Young et al., 27) can help avoid double counting. 32

33 Part B: Methodology This section describes the methodology used to value of the ecosystem services delivered by the conservation activities associated with the UK BAP. First, we provide clarification of the scope of the valuation exercise by defining the UK BAP policy scenarios to be investigated (Section 3). Next, we detail each of the three Steps involved in the valuation exercise. In Step 1 a choice experiment is used to estimate the economic value that people have for a range of ecosystem services associated with the UK BAP (Section 4). Step 2 (Section 5) then reports the method used in the weighting matrix which aims to elicit expert knowledge on the levels of ecosystem services delivered by different BAP habitats, as well as assess the contribution that UK BAP conservation activities have for the delivery of ecosystem services. Finally, in Step 3 (Section 6), we report how the data from Steps 1 and 2 are pooled to provide estimates of the value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP conservation activities. 33

34 3. UK BAP policy scenarios In this research, we aim to estimate the total economic value (TEV) of marginal changes to ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP; as opposed to the total value of all services delivered by the UK BAP. The focus on the marginal change is important, since this reflects where policy decisions are made. In valuation, the marginal change is often expressed in terms of a change from a counterfactual policy-off scenario to a factual policy-on scenario. Precise definition of the policy scenarios is essential for valid valuation. However, identifying the most appropriate counterfactual and factual scenarios is often not clear-cut, and may be influenced by: the needs of the decision-maker; the level of knowledge on the likely impacts of different policy scenarios; and the extent to which the survey respondents understand and can relate to the policy scenarios. The chosen policy scenarios also need to link into the two-stage valuation protocol that is proposed for this research. In particular, through the choice experiment we utilise the opportunity to evaluate intermediate levels of policy provision, rather than simply a single factual and counterfactual policy scenario. Finally, it was considered desirable that the policy change scenarios evaluated here directly links with the UK BAP costings work (GHK Consulting Ltd., 26), which assessed the current level of expenditure on the UK BAP, the predicted total cost of delivery of the UK BAP, as well as identifying the funding gap. Matching our benefit valuation with the costings work will allow direct comparison between the costs and benefits of future options for the UK BAP. Note that a new set up UK BAP costings have recently been published (GHK Consulting LTD., 21); however this was not available at the time of the analysis Scope of the UK BAP The UK BAP aims to conserve and enhance important habitats and species. This is achieved by specifying targets for the conservation of habitats and species, and actions designed to meet these targets. The UK action plans originally comprised 45 habitat action plans (HAPs) and 391 species action plans (SAPs). However, in 27, the original list of priority species and habitats was revised and a more comprehensive UK BAP list was generated comprising 65 habitats and 1149 species. The new HAP targets are reported in the Revised HAP targets 26 report (BRIG, 26), while the new species lists can be found in the UK BAP (28) Evidence for the selection of priority species spreadsheet. Since devolution, country biodiversity groups have implemented HAPs and SAPs at national and / or local level, where organised biodiversity partnerships are in place. It is proposed that the focus of this research will be to measure the economic value of meeting the targets set in both the original and new, national habitat and species action plans. In the UK, biodiversity conservation activities are funded through a wide range of policy initiatives including the UK BAP, SSSIs legislation, EU Habitats Directive, and EU Water Framework Directive. The boundary between these different initiatives is often ambiguous, and is it often difficult to disentangle those activities that directly relate to the implementation of the UK BAP and those which relate to other drivers e.g. the Habitats Directive. In this research, the focus of the valuation is on conservation activities that directly contribute to meeting the UK BAP targets. These activities have already been defined in the UK BAP costings research (GHK Consulting Ltd., 26), and it is proposed that we utilise the list of activities identified in the costings research. Thus, conservation activities addressed in this research will include relevant expenditures on agri-environmental schemes, as well as relevant conservation expenditures by devolved environmental departments, Wildlife and Countryside Link organisations, statutory nature conservation agencies and the Forestry Commission. Clearly, there are a wide range of policies that contribute towards delivery of the UK BAP. This complexity presents a significant challenge in terms of communicating the extent of biodiversity conservation under consideration in the valuation exercise. In an attempt to simplify the information on UK BAP, a series of discussions were held with ecologists and members of the public to identify 34

35 what key facts convey the contribution of the UK BAP to biodiversity conservation in the UK. The conclusion from this is that the UK BAP would best be described as including: conservation and enhancement of habitats and species; activities to improve quality of habitats / size of populations; Activities to increase area of habitats / range of species; activities that focus on the wider countryside (e.g. semi-natural habitats and farmland), but do not include the protection of biodiversity hotspots (e.g. SSSI); and activities that provide coordination to biodiversity conservation in the UK Factual and Counter-factual UK BAP scenarios. In this section, we present evidence justifying the selection of the factual policy-on and counterfactual policy-off scenarios that were used in the valuation exercise. Five possible UK BAP scenarios were identified and considered during the development phase of the research. Figure 2 provides an illustration of how the different scenarios might affect the provision of ecosystem services over time. Appendix 13 provides details of each of these five possible scenarios, along with evidence supporting the selection of three of the scenarios for use in this study: Scenario A Full implementation of the new BAP targets was used as the factual policy-on scenario, while Scenarios C Present BAP and D No further BAP spend were used to present two counterfactual policy-off scenarios. Table 9 below provides a summary description of the three chosen UK BAP scenarios to be examined in this research. Figure 2: Possible scenarios for the future of UK BAP and their implication for ecosystem service provision. Table 9: Summary of UK BAP scenarios examined in this study. Scenario Scenario A: Full delivery of the UK BAP Scenario C: UK BAP spend to maintain current levels of ecosystem services Scenario D: UK with BAP, but no further spend Description In this scenario, it is assumed that the UK BAP is fully funded and therefore the stated targets for the new habitat and species action plans would be achieved. The implication of this is that, generally, there would be an increase in the levels of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP. This scenario is clearly the best-case scenario in terms of the various policy options considered. The Full delivery of the UK BAP scenario would represent the factual policy-on scenario in the valuation exercise In this scenario, it is assumed that existing stocks of habitats and species and their associated ecosystem services would be maintained at current levels. In other words, this scenario represents the levels of ecosystem services currently being delivered through the original UK BAP targets. It is likely that there would need to be small increases in future spend on the UK BAP to achieve this level of protection. This scenario is used to represent a counter-factual scenario where the status quo is maintained. In this scenario, it is assumed that there is no further spend on the UK BAP (although it does recognise past spend on the UK BAP). The implication of this is that, generally, the level of provision of ecosystem services would decline from current levels. This scenario thus requires an assessment of the state of habitats and species and their related ecosystem services in the absence of any future BAP funding; but assuming that other drivers for biodiversity funding are still in place. This counter-factual scenario thus represents the ecosystem services that would be lost if current levels of spend towards the original BAP targets are withdrawn. 35

36 In the choice experiment, these three BAP scenarios are used as the basis for the levels of provision of the CE ecosystem service attributes (see Appendix 13 for further details). We then convert these three CE scenarios into two policy-relevant benefit estimates: Increased spend to meet revised BAP targets: This represents the value of ecosystem service that would be delivered if funding for the UK BAP was increased so as to allow full implementation of the new UK BAP targets, i.e. meeting the BAP funding gap that was identified in the UK BAP costings study (GHK Consulting Ltd., 26). This value may be calculated by estimating the marginal change in the value of the ecosystem services delivered under the CE Scenario C (Present BAP) to Scenario A (Full implementation); Maintain current levels of spend on the UK BAP. This represents the value of ecosystem services currently delivered through existing levels of BAP spend. This value may be calculated by estimating the marginal change in the value of the ecosystem services delivered under CE Scenario D (No further BAP spend) to CE Scenario C (Present BAP); Figure 3 provides an illustration of the links between the CE attribute levels and the policy change scenarios. CE attribute levels Scenario A (Full delivery of the UK BAP) Scenario B (Maintain current levels of ecosystem services) Scenario D (N further BAP spend) Figure 3: Link between CE attributes and policy change scenarios Policy change scenarios Increasing spend to meet the revised BAP targets Maintain current levels of spend on the UK BAP 36

37 4. Step 1: The Choice experiment: Economic valuation of ecosystem services The first step of the research protocol (see Step 1 in Figure 1, in Section 1.1) aims to evaluate the marginal total economic value of the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP habitats. This was achieved through the application of a choice experiment (CE), which was utilised to directly assess the economic value of the ecosystem services that are delivered by the UK BAP habitats. However, the UK BAP, biodiversity and ecosystem services are complex goods, which are often poorly understood by people (Christie et al., 28b; Christie et al., 26). The consequence of this is that innovative approaches were required to allow the CE to meaningfully elicit public values for the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP habitats. In this study these challenges are met through the use of participatory valuation workshops in which respondents were provided with sufficient information and time to allow them to develop and refine their preferences. However, the provision of large quantities of information potentially leads to constructed preferences (i.e. the process where the provision of information results in inflated values). It was therefore important to test for the impact of information on respondent s stated values. Thus, in the CE valuation workshops, a series of three valuation choice tasks were undertaken by respondents: the first standard task was undertaken before respondents receive detailed information about the UK BAP; the second informed task was undertaken once respondents had received detailed information on the UK BAP and its associated ecosystem services; the final reflective task was undertaken at least one month after the workshop following a reflective cooling off period. Through this series of choice task, we are able to test the effect of information on elicited values. In this section we present details of the design of the CE valuation workshops. Section 4.1 presents detail on the structure and design of the CE valuation workshop. In Section 4.2 we report the procedure used to select the ecosystem services that were used as attributes in the CE. This is followed in Section 4.3 by a detailed discussion of how the levels of each of the ecosystem services attributes were mapped to the three UK BAP scenarios ( Full implementation, Present BAP and No further BAP funding : see Section 3 for discussion of these scenarios) The design of the choice experiment study The choice experiment study was administered to over 6 individuals through a series of valuation workshops and a subsequent follow-up questionnaire. The overall approach to administering the choice experiments was as follows. Welcome / introduction to workshop; Short questionnaire on participant s understanding of BAPs / Ecosystem services; Standard choice experiment task on value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP within respondent s own region ; Detailed presentation on and discussion of the UK BAP and associated ecosystem services (including two films); Informed choice experiment task on value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP within respondent s own region ; Informed choice experiment task on value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP outside the respondent s own region, i.e. rest of UK ; Questionnaire on demographics and learning; Close of workshop; Follow-up questionnaire. Respondents were asked to complete another reflective choice experiment on value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP within respondent s own region, administered at least one month after the workshop. Below we describe these sections in detail, including an explanation underlying the rationale for inclusion of particular information / questions. A copy of the interview script for the valuation workshops can be found in the Section 15, found in the Appendix to this report. 37

38 Section A: Your views on public services in your area? Following a short welcome and introduction to the workshop, respondents were asked (in Q1) to indicate how important a range of local public services are to them. The list includes both services relevant to this study, e.g. Conserving nature, Dealing with climate change and Flood defence, as well as other unrelated services, e.g. Health, Education etc. It should be noted that, at this stage of the workshop, the respondents were unaware that the workshop would be focusing on the UK BAP. The purpose of this question is therefore to determine (unprompted) the extent to which respondents consider environmental issues to be important to them. We use this same question later in the workshop (Q17) and in the follow-up questionnaire (Q1) to test whether the information presented in the workshop has influenced their views on environmental issues. This information was also used to help explain potential changes to respondent s values elicited at different stages during the workshop. Section B: Your understanding of the term Biodiversity? In Section B, respondents were told that the workshop would be focusing on the protection and enhancement of the UK Biodiversity. They were then asked a series of four questions (Q2 5) that assesses their current level of knowledge of biodiversity and biodiversity policies. This information was used in the analysis of the CE to help explain and validate respondent s values. Question 4 is also repeated in the follow-up questionnaire to assess the extent to which the workshop changed respondent s knowledge of the impacts of biodiversity policy. Section C: What does biodiversity do for me? Section C aims to explore participant s current knowledge and understanding of biodiversity and ecosystem services, and explores how they personally benefit from these. This was achieved using various focus group methods including brain storming. It is important to note that the discussions held during Section C primarily draws on participants own knowledge, with minimal external information from the research team. The reason for this is that it helped to ensure that the responses to the standard CE valuation questions in Section D were based on participant s existing knowledge and therefore not influenced by information provided by the research team. Q6 provides a quantitative assessment of participant s knowledge of the ecosystem services attributes to be valued in the choice experiment, as well as an assessment of how important they consider these services. This question is repeated in Q11 in Section E and again in the follow-up questionnaire (Q3) to assess the impact of information provision and reflection on respondent s knowledge and values. Section D: Future policy options to protect biodiversity in your area In Section D the first set of choice experiment choice tasks were administered. We refer to this first set as the standard choice experiment as all activities up to this stage (and in particular the information provision) were designed to follow the procedures that would normally be adopted in a standard choice experiment. It should also be noted that in this Section (and again in Section G and then in the follow-up questionnaire), the choice experiment focuses on the ecosystem services benefits of the UK BAP habitats found within the participant s own region (as opposed to the rest of the UK : which is examined in Section H). Thus in Section D, participants were presented with: details of the hypothetical scenarios describing the future management options for the UK BAP; instructions on how respondents should complete the CE choice tasks, including: a list of standard issues (such as cheap talk ) that they need to consider when making their choices; an example choice experiment choice task. Participants were then asked to complete a series of five choice tasks, where each task required respondents to select their preferred action plan from a series of three plans: Action Plan A, Action Plan B and a Baseline Plan (see Figure 4 for an example). Each Action Plan was described in terms of seven ecosystem service attributes and a monetary attribute. The levels of ecosystem service delivery in the Baseline plan relate to the No further BAP funding scenario at no additional cost. The ecosystem service attributes in Plans A and B took one of three levels of delivery based on the Full 38

39 implementation, Present BAP and No further BAP funding scenarios. It should also be noted that the levels of the ecosystem services presented in the CE were specified separately for each of the twelve UK regions investigated. Further details of these levels of the ecosystem services delivered by the three UK BAP scenarios within each region are summarised in Section 4.3 below: a full description of the levels of ecosystem services can be found in the appendix 14. The monetary attribute in the CE was specified as annual increases in taxation: per annum over the next 1 years. An example of a typical choice task is presented in Figure 4. I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B No BAP How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Figure 4: Example of a choice experiment choice task The attribute levels were allocated to choice tasks using a shifted experimental design. Ferrini and Scarpa (27) suggest that such a design may be the most efficient for small sample sizes (as in this research for the regional analysis). A shifted design uses two orthogonal fractional factorial designs as seeds ; the first design supplies the first option in the choice sets and is invariant. The second provides the second option in the choice sets and is shifted towards an efficient design (i.e. minimum overlap etc). See Ferrini and Scarpa (27) for a detailed description of shifted designs. The shifted design produces 2 choice tasks and returns a D-error of.21. This compares to the 5 choice tasks and D-error of.1659 produced by a standard block design. With the efficient shifted design we were able to attain 3.75 complete sets of 2 tasks per workshop: based on the assumption that there were 15 respondents attending each workshop, with each respondent completing 5 tasks. The standard blocked design under the same assumptions would only give 1.5 completed sets of 5 choices. 39

40 Following each choice task, respondents were asked to indicate their level of confidence in completing the choice tasks. Respondents were also asked to indicate how they made their choices (Q9). This information was used to assess the impact of confidence on WTP, as well as to identify protest bidders (whom were excluded from the analysis). Once participants had completed the choice tasks, they were allowed a short refreshment break. Section E: More on Biodiversity in your region and how it benefits you During the developmental focus groups it was clear that participants were often unfamiliar with the UK BAP and associated ecosystem services. However, to allow meaningful valuation, respondents ideally need to develop a detailed understanding of this, often complex, policy. Standard protocols for information provision in CE (such as during in-person interviews) were deemed inadequate. Thus, new, innovative approaches to information provision were developed for this study that would deliver sufficient information for meaningful valuation, without invoking respondent fatigue. Section E of the workshop was where these new approaches to information delivery were implemented. Specifically, the activities were framed around two themes: (i) developing an understanding of biodiversity and (ii) developing an understanding of how people might benefit from biodiversity. Innovative aspects to information provision included: The use of a range of media formats to present information, including films, PowerPoint presentations and information sheets. The idea here is that people have different approaches to learning and therefore the use of a range of media would help to enhance opportunities for learning. Also, the use of a range of media formats was thought to help keep participants interested and reduce the likelihood of respondent fatigue. The presentation of material through two short films was considered to be particularly innovative. The films respectively explored Biodiversity and How people might benefit from biodiversity. A key advantage of films over other types of media is that they have the capacity to convey large volumes of information (including images) within a short period of time. Further benefits include the fact that the films help to break up the workshop, thus helping to avoid respondent fatigue. It should be noted that the objective of the films were predominantly to provide background information that could subsequently be used to stimulate discussions on how participants use and benefit from biodiversity. Another important aspect to promote learning was the use of group discussions on the topics raised in the films and presentations. These discussions provide participants with the time and opportunity to reflect on the information presented, form value judgements on this information, and to clarify any areas of uncertainty. The activities described above not only enabled more information to be presented than would be the case during a standard CE, but also allowed time for discussion and reflection on this information. It is argued that only through this participatory approach can respondents develop sufficient understanding of the UK BAP to allow them to make meaningful and robust valuations. Another key feature of the information set presented in this section was that separate information packs were developed for each of the twelve UK regions. Thus, respondents were presented with detailed information on the impacts of the UK BAP in their local region. In addition, respondents were also presented with information on the impacts on the UK as a whole as this helps to ensure that respondents were aware of the contribution of their region to the UK BAP, as well as allowing us to test for scope effects. Section F: Review of your values (optional) A potential issue with choice experiments is that respondents may be unclear as to how their choices translate into actual values for the individual CE attributes. Consider a standard CE study: respondents are asked to make a series of CE choices during an interview, which are then analysed at a later date. The consequence of this is that respondents are never provided with an opportunity to reflect on and review their valuations. In this research, we aim to address this issue by providing respondents with an opportunity to review their valuations. Specifically, the responses to the standard CE questions posed in Section D were analysed during the workshop and presented back to participants in Section 4

41 F. Participants were then be asked to comment on whether they consider the estimated values to be higher, lower or close to what they would expect. Later, in Section G, participants were asked to consider another series of choice tasks ( informed CE) during which they were able to reflect on the values obtained from the first set of CE choice tasks. To test the impact of this exercise on subsequent valuations, this review exercise was undertaken in 1/3 of the workshops; the remaining 2/3 were used as a control. Section G: Future policy options to protect biodiversity in your area: revisited. In Section G, participants were asked to complete a second set of CE choice tasks on the local impact of the UK BAP. This second set of choices can be considered as an informed set of choices. In other words, when making their choices, respondents would have received (in Section E) large amounts of information on the UK BAP and how it might affect them, as well as time to discuss and reflect on this information. Comparison of this informed choice task with the standard choice task (undertaken in Section D above) allowed an assessment of the impact of information on values to be made. Such a comparison is considered important particularly when the UK BAP is an unfamiliar and complex good. Following the informed choice tasks, respondents were presented with a series of questions (Q14 17) which aim to uncover the reasons why respondents values may have changed between the standard and informed choice tasks. This information helped to identify which set of choices best reflects respondents true value of the UK BAP. Section H: What about biodiversity outside of my region? The CE choice tasks undertaken in Section D ( standard CE), Section G ( Informed CE) and later in the follow-up questionnaire ( reflective CE) all focused on the local impacts of the UK BAP at a regional level. In Section H, respondents were asked to consider another set of choice tasks that consider the impacts of the UK BAP to the rest of the UK (excluded their own region). Thus, this choice task aimed to capture some of non-use values 1 of the UK BAP, as well as allow us to consider distance decay effects. Q2 was posed to collect data on whether the respondent would prefer the Protection of few species in my local area or Protection of many species outside my local area. This data were used to help explain differences between the values for the local impacts of the UK BAP compared to the impacts on the rest of the UK. Section I: About you The final section of the workshop was split into two activities. First, respondents were asked to answer a series of questions relating to their demographic status (Q21 31). These questions are incorporated into the analysis of the choice experiment, thus used to help explain WTP. Q32 then asked respondents to complete a series of questions that aim to explore the way that they think about and learn from new information. Analysis of the responses to these questions was used to better understand how respondents used the information presented in the workshop and to explain why they may have changed their values across CE choice task exercises. At the end of the workshop, participants were given a payment in thanks of the time, and asked whether they would be willing to participant in a short follow-up questionnaire. Public Perception of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan: Follow-up questionnaire At least one month after the workshop, participants were sent a short follow-up questionnaire. The main aim of this questionnaire was to explore whether participant s values of the UK BAP had changed since the workshop. The hypothesis here is that during the workshop respondents would have received a large amount of information on the UK BAP and that this information may have influenced their value judgements, i.e. resulted in constructed preferences. With the follow-up question, participants would have had time to reflect on and consider the UK BAP in the context of their normal 1 Strictly speaking, some of these values may be use values if the respondent regularly travels to other regions. But for convenience, we will consider them as non-use values. 41

42 lives. Thus, the follow-up questionnaire provides an opportunity to explore the impacts of this reflective period on values. Q1 3 of the follow-up questionnaire were repeats of questions posed during the workshop. The aim here was to explore whether and how respondent s views of the UK BAP and associated ecosystem services had changed since the workshop. Q4 then asked respondents to explicitly state the extent to which they have considered how biodiversity affects them since the workshop. Respondents were then asked to complete a final series of CE choice tasks; which we refer to as the reflective choice task. This is considered as being reflective since the respondents would have had several weeks to reflect on how biodiversity affects them. Following the choice tasks, respondents were asked to reflect on factors that may have influenced their choices since the workshop (Q8 and 9). Administration of the CE valuation workshop. A series of 45 participatory valuation workshops were administered across the 12 UK political regions (3 workshops in each of the nine English regions; and 6 workshops in each of Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland). In total, 618 people participated in the workshop allowing values to be estimated for the UK as a whole, as well as at a regional scale Selection of ecosystem service attributes. The choice experiment (CE) used in the valuation of the UK BAP comprised eight attributes: wild food, non-food products, water regulation, climate regulation, sense of place, charismatic species, non-charismatic species and annual increases in taxation. These attributes were largely based on the ecosystem services listed in the Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (Millennium Ecosystem Assessment, 25) and modified following discussions with both experts and members of the public to better reflect the BAP and the UK context. Key criteria for the selection of the ecosystem service attributes for inclusion in the CE included: Those services that provide non-market benefits. The focus of the choice experiment was to explore the non-market ecosystem service benefits delivered by the UK BAP habitats. Services that are delivered through economic markets (e.g. commercial food and water purification) were not included in the CE since the value of these can be measured using alternative market-based approaches. Those services that were considered to be important to the UK public. A series of focus groups were organised with members of the public to identify which of the MA ecosystems services they considered to be important. Services considered not important were not included in the CE. Only those services that were relevant in a UK context. There is an acknowledgement that the MA was largely produced with a developing country context in mind, and therefore some of the services identified in the MA may not be directly relevant in a UK context. The public focus groups were used to identify which services were relevant in a UK context and therefore included in the CE. In addition, the selected ecosystem service attributes were designed to be consistent with those services examined in the weighting matrix. Information collated during a developmental Delphi study and public focus groups also indicated that although people considered that the UK BAP would provide cultural services, people found it difficult to disaggregate between the different components of cultural services. Instead, it was concluded that a better approach to capture cultural services would be to consider how different elements of the UK BAP deliver cultural services. Thus, the species action plans were split between charismatic and noncharismatic species, while habitats were considered in terms of their contribution to sense of place. Table 1 provides a schematic diagram illustrating how the MA ecosystem services were modified for the UK BAP. A brief outline of the ecosystem services to be used in the CE is provided in 42

43 Table 11. MA ecosystem services not included in the choice experiment were: food from economic markets, genetic resources, fresh water, disease regulation and pollination: these services are not addressed in this research. Table 1: Translation of the MA Ecosystem Framework to the UK BAP. 43

44 Table 11: Descriptions of the CE ecosystem service attributes. Benefit Description Wild food Wild food describes the non-rare food products that you might gather / hunt from nature such as berries, mushrooms etc. The BAP may vary the abundance of wild food. Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation These relate to a wide range of natural products such as timber, plants, fibre, cones, shells, stones etc. that you might gather / photograph from nature for ornamental, artistic or educational purposes. The BAP may vary the abundance of non-food products in the countryside. Many of our important habitats play a small, but important role in storing CO2, which in turn will help reduce the impacts of climate change. The UK BAP may change the amount of CO2 stored by habitats. Many of our important habitats provide important water regulating services. Management of these habitats through the UK BAP may influence the likelihood of future flooding events. Sense of place Threatened animals, amphibians, birds and butterflies. Many of our important habitats are distinctive to specific areas, and thus provide a sense of place. This sense of place might be considered through the sights, sounds and smells found within a particular landscape, or may be linked to a particular historical, cultural, or personal event or activity. The idea of sense of place links in with the warm feeling that your might get from being in a familiar part of the countryside. The UK BAP may influence the extent and quality of these natural and semi-natural habitats. The populations and range of some species of animals, amphibians, birds, and butterflies in your area are under threat. The UK BAP may influence whether (i) the populations of these species continues to decline, (ii) the decline is halted or (iii) the decline is reversed and stable populations are achieved. Threatened trees, plants, insects, and bugs. The populations and range of some species of trees, plants, insects and other bugs in your area are under threat. The UK BAP may influence whether (i) the populations of these species continues to decline, (ii) the decline is halted or (iii) the decline is reversed and stable populations are achieved Description of ecosystem service attributes. In the CE, each of the seven UK BAP ecosystem service attributes were described according to three levels of provision. These levels of provision relate to the three UK BAP scenarios under investigation: Full implementation, Present BAP and No further BAP funding. A detailed discussion of these BAP scenarios was described in Section 3 above. Data on the area and quality of BAP habitats were used to define the levels of the wild food, non-food products, climate regulation, and sense of place attributes, while data on BAP species distribution and status were used to define the charismatic species and non-charismatic species attributes. The levels of the water regulation attribute was based on data from the Foresight report on flood risk (Evans et al., 24a; Evans et al., 24b). A final CE attribute, Annual increases in taxation was also included in the CE as the monetary attribute. It was considered important to develop a standard approach to identifying the changes in the UK BAP that would then be used to define the CE attribute levels. We present this standard approach below, as well as report the levels of the seven ecosystem services attributes that were used in the choice experiment (Table 14). A full description of the ecosystem service attributes, along with a detailed discuss of how the levels of these attributes were identified is provided in Appendix 14 of this report Quantification of the ecosystem service attributes. Data on the area and quality of habitats were used to define the levels of the wild food, non-food products, climate regulation and sense of place attributes. The main data source for this analysis was the Revised Habitat Action Plan Targets

45 (BRIG, 26). For each BAP habitat within each country (England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland) and the UK as a whole, this data source provides target areas for: Maintenance: the area of existing habitats to be conserved under BAP independent of quality; Condition: the area of habitat that is considered to be in favourable condition as defined by JNCC in their Common Standards Monitoring Protocol for Designated Sites report (Williams, 26); Restoration: the area of habitat where degraded examples of that habitat are returned to favourable condition; Expansion: the area of new habitat created in areas which lack the basic characteristics of the habitat e.g. creating new grassland, woodland, etc. on arable land (we assume that this new area would be in favourable condition). The second data source used was the JNCC s Common Standards Monitoring Protocol for Designated Sites report (Williams, 26) which provides data on the condition of habitats. Of particular relevance to this study is the data on the proportion of a habitat that was considered as unfavourable recovering as this information provides an indication of the area of a habitat that is currently benefiting from conservation activities 2. This evidence was used to assess the area of habitats that would be lost from favourable condition in the No further BAP funding scenario. Unfortunately, neither of the above datasets provides information disaggregated to the English regions. However, this level of disaggregation was considered desirable to allow more detailed analysis. To address this issue, the following calculation was undertaken to estimate the areas of each BAP habitat within each English region. i. The total area of each habitat type within each English region was estimated by multiplying the proportion of each habitat type within that region (collated from Countryside Survey 2; Haines-Young et al., 2) with the total area of that region (from BARS data ii. iii. Next the proportion of each habitat type covered by BAP in England was estimated by dividing the area of each habitat under BAP in England (i.e. the English 'Maintenance' area in the targets report: BRIG, 26) with the total area of that habitat type across the whole of England (from the BARS data). Finally, the area of each BAP habitat within each English region was estimated by multiplying (i) and (ii) above. Table 12 provides a summary of the calculated area of each BAP habitat by English region, country and UK. The data for England, Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland and the UK are robust. However, it should be noted that the method used to estimate the area of BAP habitat within the nine English regions produced a number of anomalies. For example, our method suggests that there is upland heath, blanket bog, upland calcareous grassland and upland meadows in London, South East England and East Anglia: clearly this is not the case. Therefore, we advise caution in the interpretation of the English regional data. 2 It should be noted that the JNCC data relates to the condition of SSSIs and SACs which are not included within BAP spend. It is likely that the condition of the BAP habitats would be worse than that of the protected areas in the JNCC data. However, no comprehensive data exists on the condition of BAP habitats, and therefore the condition of the SSSIs and SAC was used as an indicator of the likely condition of BAP habitats. Thus, for each habitat type, the mean proportion of sites listed as unfavourable recovering was used to indicate the proportion of BAP habitat under this condition. Finally, it should also be noted that the JNCC habitats did not always relate directly to the BAP habitats, so some interpretation was required to link the two datasets. 45

46 Arable margins Blanket bog Hedgerows Limestone pavement Lowland calcareous grassland Lowland dry acid grassland Lowland heathland Lowland meadows Purple moor-grass and rush pastures Upland calcareous grassland Upland hay meadows Upland heathland Coastal & floodplain grazing marsh Fens Lowland raised bogs Wet reedbeds Native woodland - All Arable fields Improved grassland Total area of Habitats Table 12: Area ( Ha) of BAP habitats by region, country and UK. Area of habitat (' Ha) Scotland ,379 Wales ,32 Northern Ireland England ,593 North East North West Yorkshire and The Humber West Midlands ,182 East Midlands ,1 East of England ,2233 London South East South West ,518 UK ,213 Note: Actual data on the area of habitats by English region was not available and the method used estimate this area has produced some anomalies. We therefore advise caution for the interpretation of this data. 46

47 Linking changes to BAP habitats to the CE scenarios Table 13 provides a summary of how the above habitat data was used to define the levels of CE ecosystem service attributes for the three UK BAP scenarios. It should be noted that the individual CE ecosystem service attributes only used the data on those habitats that directly affected the provision of that ecosystem service. Further detail of how this was done for individual ecosystem services can be found in Appendix 14. Full implementation scenario: the total area of a particular habitat was defined in terms of the current Maintenance area plus the area of new habitat that is restored (Restoration) or created (Expansion) under the 26 BAP targets (BRIG, 26). The area of BAP habitat considered to achieve favourable condition was estimated from the sum of the areas identified as achieving condition plus the area of restoration and expansion. Note that it is assumed that all of the restoration and expansion area would achieve condition. Present BAP scenario: the total area of a particular habitat was defined as the current maintained area only; it is assumed that there would be no expansion or restoration of BAP habitat. The area of this habitat achieving condition is taken directly from the BAP targets report (BRIG, 26). No further BAP funding scenario: the total area of habitat under this scenario would not change from the current Maintenance area. However, the No further BAP funding scenario would result in deterioration in the condition of the habitats. JNCC provides useful data on the condition of habitats (Williams, 26). Of interest here are the estimates of the proportion of habitat considered to be in unfavourable recovering condition. This designation suggests that conservation activities are currently helping to maintain the condition of that habitat. Further, this suggests that if funding were to be removed, these habitats would return to an unfavourable condition. Thus, in the No further BAP funding scenario, it is assumed that the quality of the habitats would be the achieve condition area from the targets report minus the area of achieve condition multiplied by the proportion of habitat in Unfavourable recovering condition. Table 13: Summary of data sources used to define area and quality of habitat for the UK BAP scenarios. UK BAP Scenario Total habitat area Area of habitat achieving favourable condition Full implementation Maintenance 1 + Restoration 1 + Expansion 1 Achieve condition 1 + Restoration 1 + Expansion 1 Present BAP Maintenance 1 Achieve condition 1 No further BAP funding Source: 1: (BRIG, 26) 2: (Williams, 26) Ecosystem service attribute levels Achieve condition 1 Maintenance 1 (Achieve condition 1 * Unfavourable recovering 2 ) The approach outlined above was used to define the levels of the ecosystem service attributes used in the CE. Importantly, the levels of ecosystem services used in the CE were defined for the UK as a whole, for England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland, and for the nine English regions. Table 14 summarises this information: a full discussion of how these levels were estimated can be found in Appendix

48 North East North West Yorkshire and The Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England South West South East London England Scotland Wales Northern Ireland UK Table 14: Summary of the levels of the ecosystem service attributes used in the choice experiment. Choice experiment BAP scenario Wild Food Change in availability of wild food (%) Non-food products Change in availability of wild food (%) Climate change Annual changes in CO2 sequestration ( tonnes CO2 Yr -1 ) Water regulation Change in no. of people at risk (' people) Sense of Place Habitat achieving condition (%) Charismatic species Status of species (No. of species) Non-charismatic species Status of species (No. of species) Full implementation 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 22% 7% 14% 14% Present BAP No further BAP funding -21% -21% -21% -21% -21% -21% -21% -21% -21% -21% -11% -8.5% -19% -16% Full implementation 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 22% 7% 14% 14% Present BAP No further BAP funding -21% -21% -21% -21% -21% -21% -21% -21% -21% -21% -11% -8.5% -19% -16% Full implementation Present BAP No further BAP funding Full implementation Present BAP No further BAP funding Full implementation Present BAP No further BAP funding Full implementation Present BAP No further BAP funding Full implementation Present BAP No further BAP funding Stabilised Declined Stabilised Declined Stabilised Declined Stabilised Declined Stabilised Declined Stabilised Declined

49 4.4. Data derived from the choice experiment The choice experiment was used to estimate the economic value of the ecosystem services provided by UK BAP habitats. Values were estimated for three BAP scenarios: Full implementation of the UK BAP, Present BAP and No further BAP spend. We again stress that these values relate to the services provided by the habitats included within the UK BAP, but do not necessarily reflect the value of changes to the provision of ecosystem services that are directly attributable to expenditure on the UK BAP. This assessment will be made in Step 3 when we combine the CE valuation data with the weighting scores from the weighting matrix (more detail on this is provided in Section 6). The choice experiment data was collected across 12 regions of the UK: Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland and 9 English regions. Thus, we are able to provide estimates of the value of ecosystem services at the UK national level, at the country level (England, Scotland, Northern Ireland and Wales), and by the 12 sub-regions. Note, however, that the approached used to derive the areas of the different habitats within the nine English regions have produced a number of anomalies (see Section 4.3.1) and therefore we advise caution in interpreting the English results at a regional basis. The CE also provides data on the value of ecosystem services within the respondent s own region and outside the respondent s own region rest of UK ). This analysis is reported in Sections 7.3 and 7.4 respectively. Splitting the valuation data in this way allows us to account for an element of distance decay, which is important for the aggregation of the data. This aggregation is reported in Section 7.5. Finally, it is highlighted that the CE valuation data is based on the ecosystem services delivered by all BAP habitats. Thus, the CE data does not directly provide evidence of the value of individual BAP habitats. Such data is derived in Step 3 by allocating values to habitats through the weighting scores from the weighting matrix. 49

50 5. Step 2: The Weighting Matrix: Assigning ecosystem services to BAP habitats Step 2 of the research protocol (see Figure 1 in Section 1.1) aimed to provide a quantitative assessment of the levels of ecosystem services delivered by different UK BAP habitats. There are, however, a number of challenges to this task: how to best quantify the links between BAPs and ecosystem services; how to best capture this complex and uncertain information from experts; identification of an appropriate perspective to undertake this assessment; dealing with issues of scale; and how to incorporate species BAP (see Section for a discussion of these challenges). To investigate possible approaches to addressing these challenges, a series of stakeholder workshops and an iterative Delphi study were undertaken during an explorative phase of the research (see Christie et al., 28b for details). The solution from this exercise was our weighting matrix. Our weighting matrix (WM) is essentially an MS Excel spreadsheet application that guides ecological experts through a series of steps that allow them to provide an assessment of the levels of ecosystem services delivered by different BAP habitats. The output from the WM is a series of weighting scores which reflect the relative contribution that the different BAP habitats have for the delivery of a range of ecosystem services. Importantly, the weighting scores are consistent across all habitats and services investigated, thus enabling direct comparison across the entire matrix. in which expert knowledge to assess the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP. The WM comprises seven steps that allow ecological experts to impart their knowledge on the levels of ecosystem services delivered by different BAP habitats: Step 1: In this first step, the experts identified the three BAP habitats that they were most familiar with (from a list of 19 habitats). The experts then focused on only these three habitats for the remainder of the exercise: this helps to ensure that the experts were reporting on habitats that they are familiar with, as well as reducing potential issues of respondent fatigue. Steps 2 and 3: The WM utilises a multi-perspective 3 scoring procedure to estimate habitat : ecosystem service weighting scores. First, experts were asked to rate the habitats they are familiar with in terms of their contribution to ecosystem services (a service perspective: Step 2). This was followed by a second rating exercise which asked the experts to rate the provision of services within each habitat (a habitats perspective: Step 3). Step 4: The rating scores from Steps 2 and 3 were then averaged to generate a mean weighting score for each BAP habitat : ecosystem service relationship. These weighting scores could range from = no service provision to 1 = full service provision. In Step 4, these mean weighting scores were presented back to the experts for review, and if necessary the experts were provided with an opportunity to modify any scores that they are unhappy with. The experts were required to confirm that they were happy with the weighting scores before they could proceed to Step 5. Step 5: The experts were then asked to consider what impact removing BAP conservation activities might have on the provision of ecosystem services. This was achieved by measuring the percentage change in service provision from BAP being in favourable condition to unfavourable condition. Step 6: The experts were asked to review their weighting scores from Step 5 and either modify or confirm these scores. Step 7: In the final step, the experts are asked to review the WM as a tool and express their overall level of confidence in their weighting scores. 3 See Haines-Young and Potschin (28) for a detailed discussion of the habitats, service and place perspectives for assigning ecosystem services to habitats. 5

51 To help validate the results from the WM, an expert workshop was organised to provide a peer-review of the weighting scores. A copy of the Instructions for completing the weighting matrix can be found in Appendix 16. The weighting matrix was developed to provide sufficiently detailed information on the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP to allow a comprehensive valuation of the UK BAP. In particular: The ecosystem services examined in the weighting matrix included all of the ecosystem service attributes examined in the choice experiment (see Section 4); thus enabling direct comparison between these two data source. The habitats examined in the matrix were based on the 17 terrestrial broad habitats listed in the new UK BAP (BRIG, 26). Although it could be argued that the matrix should examine all 65 priority habitats, it was considered that the ecosystem services delivery by priority habitats listed within a particular broad habitat would be similar. Therefore, it was considered that a focus on priority habitats would not add any real improvements to the data. Further, a focus on priority habitats would add complexity and possible respondent fatigue to the exercise. In addition to the BAP broad habitats, two other habitats were also included in the weighting matrix: Arable fields and Improved grassland. The reason for including these habitats in the matrix was that many of the conservation activities that target the BAP widespread species action plans take place on agricultural land, e.g. agri-environmental schemes. It was thus considered desirable to assess the levels of ecosystem services delivered by BAP activities within these two habitats. Species action plans are dealt with in two ways. o o First, the widespread species will be represented by the Arable margins, Hedgerows and Native woodland BAP broad habitats and the Arable fields and Improved grassland habitats. The reasoning for this assumption is that most of the expenditure on widespread species relates to spend on agri-environment and woodland schemes (GHK Consulting Ltd., 26). There is also a case to include the more biodiversity-rich grassland habitats under the widespread species actions; however, this may lead to double counting of benefits. Second, data collected in the stakeholder focus groups and the Delphi study suggested that in many cases the individual species are rare and action plans were unlikely to deliver easily detectable ecosystem services other than cultural services (e.g. threatened BAP species). Given this, it was concluded that the individual species action plans would not be considered in the weighting matrix; but that their value would come directly from the cultural service attributes in the choice experiment. Another key feature of the weighting matrix is that it utilises a multi-perspective scoring procedure to estimate weighting scores. First, experts are asked to rate the habitats they are familiar with in terms of their contribution to ecosystem services (a service perspective: Step 2 in the matrix). This is followed by a second rating exercise which asks the experts to rate the provision of services within each habitat (a habitats perspective: Step 3 in the matrix). The two rating exercises are then averaged to generate a weighting score for each BAP habitat ecosystem service interactions. These average scores are reviewed by the experts in Step 4 of the matrix. Feedback from the participants of the Delphi study indicated that this two-stage approach was very helpful in thinking about the habitat ecosystem services links. Further, the adoption of the multi-perspective assessment procedure overcomes some of the limitations associated with the adoption of a single perspective. Finally, it should be noted that to ensure that we attain meaningful and valid results (and to reduce respondent fatigue) the experts were only be asked to consider the three habitats that they are most familiar with. The matrix also allows the quantification of weighting scores that reflect the extent to which BAPs deliver ecosystem services: existing matrices tend to be restricted to a qualitative assessment of this. 51

52 Quantification is important as it will allow more meaningful linkages to be made between the ecosystems delivered through BAPs and the economic valuation of those ecosystem services. It should be noted that the ecosystem services examined in the matrix link directly to those services considered in the choice experiment (see Section 4); the exceptions to this is that the weighting matrix included a commercial food service (which was excluded in the choice experiment since this is a market good) and a pollination service (which was not included in the choice experiment as it was considered too complex for the public to value). Another important aspect of the weighting matrix is that it explicitly asks the experts to identify the levels of ecosystem services that are directly attributable to the conservation activities associated with the UK BAP (Step 5). Specifically, experts are asked to indicate the percentage change in ecosystem service provision that would result from a withdrawal of activities associated with BAPs. This question has been included to allow us to convert the ecosystem services values from the choice experiment (which aims to elicit the value of services from the UK BAP habitats) to the value of services that are directly attributable to the UK BAP conservation activities. Our weighting matrix also explicitly accounts for uncertainty both in terms of expert s knowledge and the level of consensus. Further, the matrix also incorporates feedback loops that encourage reflective learning. Thus, within the matrix the experts are provided with an opportunity to review their weighting coefficients and then modify their scores see Step 4 and Steps 6(a c). Also, Step 7 provides an opportunity for the experts to provide more general feedback on their confidence with completing the matrix and the resultant weighting coefficients. This information was used to explore whether levels of confidence affected average weighting coefficients and if necessary weighting scores could be weighting to those experts with the highest levels of confidence. Such an approach is useful to helps improve the level of confidence that we have in our results. The habitat : ecosystem service weighting scores estimated in the weighting matrix were therefore used to allocate the total value of ecosystem services from the UK BAP habitats across the 19 BAP habitats investigated, as well as identify the proportion of services provided by these habitats that can be directly attributable to the UK BAP conservation activities. 52

53 6. Step 3: Estimation of the value of ecosystem services directly attributable to the UK BAP. The final step in our analysis was to combine the CE data on the value of the ecosystem services provided by the BAP habitats with the weighting scores from the weighting matrix. Key elements of this analysis include the following. First, we use the weighting scores from the weighting matrix to allocate the ecosystem service values from the choice experiment across the 19 BAP habitats. This produced value estimates for each habitat for two marginal changes in the BAP: Increasing spend to meet the revised BAP targets: i.e. the CE Present BAP scenario the CE No Further BAP funding scenario; Maintain current levels of spend on the UK BAP: the CE Full BAP scenario the CE Present BAP scenario. This analysis is reported in Section 9.1 The data from the weighting matrix was also used to identify and quantify the value of ecosystem services provided by BAP habitats that are directly attributable to the conservation activities associated with the UK BAP expenditure. This step, reported in Section 9.2, is of fundamental importance to this research since it allowed us to directly compare UK BAP expenditure with the value of the services that are delivered as a direct consequence of that expenditure. The data also allows us to estimate the value of each of the seven ecosystem services delivered by each of the 19 habitat investigated within each of the 12 regions (see Section 9.3). Thus, we argue that this research produces one of the most comprehensive, spatial assessments of the value of ecosystem services delivered across a range of habitat types. Further, since this data is generated using a single research protocol, we argue that the data is (at a minimum) internally consistent and therefore reliable. The final step of the analysis was to undertake a series of indicative cost benefit analysis (CBA) that compares the value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP with current and future expenditures on the UK BAP (Section 9.4). The CBA examines the UK BAP as a whole, as well as separately for the Habitat Action Plans, the widespread Species Action Plans and the single Species Action Plans. It should however be noted that a comprehensive CBA of the UK BAP is out with the scope of this project and therefore the CBAs reported are largely for illustrative purposes rather than being robust estimates for use in policy analysis. 53

54 Results In this section, we report the finding from the three Steps of the research protocol. The results from the choice experiment (Step 1) are reported in Section 7, while those from the weighting matrix (Step 2) are reported in Section 8. Finally, the results from Step 3 (which includes our cost-benefit analysis) is reported in Section 9. 54

55 7. Step 1 Results: The choice experiment The choice experiment study aimed to assess the values of the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP habitats. In this section we first report on the response rate to the CE (Section 7.1). Next we run some initial analysis of the responses to the four sets of choice tasks that were presented at different stages during and after the valuation workshops (Section 7.2). Based on this analysis, we conclude that the remainder of the assessment of the valuation of ecosystem services within respondents own region should be based on the pooled data from Choice Sets A (standard CE) and B ( informed CE), while the values for ecosystem services in the rest of the UK should be based on Choice Set C. The choice models and consumer surplus estimates for the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP within the respondent s own region, in the rest of the UK, and the aggregate of the two are reported in Sections 7.3, 7.4 and 7.5 respectively Survey response A total of 618 people were interviewed during the CE valuation workshops. The interviews were undertaken during 54 workshops that were administered a cross the 12 UK regions (Table 15). On average, 11 people took part in each workshop; however, sampling was stratified to attain higher sample sizes in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland to allow separate analysis of these regions. Table 15: Number of valuation workshops and participants by region. Region No. of workshops No. of participants Scotland 7 83 Wales 6 88 Northern Ireland 8 83 England English regions North east 3 42 North west 3 39 Yorkshire and Humberside 4 41 West Midlands 5 38 East Midlands 4 45 East of England 3 34 Greater London 3 42 South East 4 44 South West 4 39 Total UK The representativeness of our survey sample was tested by comparing key socio-economic data against those from the UK National Census. Table 16 reports the findings from this analysis. At the UK level, there was no significant difference in terms of gender, age, marital status between our sample and the UK population as a whole. Further, mean gross household income was similar between the two samples. Our sample did however include a higher proportion of people that had 55

56 attained a higher education qualification than that of the national average. Thus, there is some (but not conclusive) evidence supporting the representative of our sample to that of the UK population. However, our sample was less representativeness at a regional level. This was, in part, due to the smaller sample sizes used at this scale which reduced the sensitivity of statistical tests. Although this could potentially affect aggregation of our data to a regional level, our main analysis focuses on aggregation at a UK level. Thus, the lack of representativeness at the regional level should not affect the overall findings of this research. Table 16: Representativeness of survey sample. Gender Male Female Age Under 4 Over 4 Higher Education No Yes Martial status Single Married Divorced Windowed Our sample (n= 618) UK population (n= 62 million)) Household Income Mean 32,318 3,485 Chi square Chi-square = 3.36 P =.66 Chi-square = 1.26 P =.26 Chi-square = 316 P = Chi-square = 6.45 P = Preliminary analysis of CE models. This section provides a preliminary analysis of the four choice experiment datasets: choice sets A, B, C and D. In addition, we make a case to pool data across Choice Sets A and B for the main CE analysis for the within own region values. Overview of CE choice sets During the valuation workshops, participants were asked to consider four different sets of CE choice tasks (Table 17); where each choice set involved participants completing five CE choice tasks. Choice sets A, B and D required participants to consider the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP habitats within their own region ; while Choice set C asked them to consider the ecosystem services delivered by the BAP habitats in the rest of the UK, i.e. in the other 11 regions of the UK not including their own region. The choice sets also differed in terms of the information provided to participants. In Set A, participants were provided with only a small amount of information on the UK BAP and associated ecosystem services and thus their choices were largely based on their own knowledge. This information set was termed Basic information. Choice sets B and C were completed after participants had received a much more detailed information set (that included two 5 minute films on biodiversity and ecosystem services), as well as time to discuss and reflect on the information provided. This information set was termed Full information. Finally, choice set D was administered at least one month after the initial workshop, thus providing participants with the cooling off period, where respondents could consider their valuation of the UK BAP in the context of their normal lives. Table 17 provides a summary of the context of these choice sets. 56

57 Table 17: Context of choice experiment choice sets Choice Set Location of biodiversity evaluated Information set A Own region Basic information B Own region Full information C Rest of UK Full information D Own region Cooling off Data censoring Before analysing the CE data, it is first important to filter the data to remove choice responses that are considered as protest bids or that do not demonstrate compensatory choice strategies. This was achieved based on responses to Question 9 (for choice set A) and Question 14 (for Choice Set B and C). Protest responses were identified as those respondents that indicated I chose the baseline plan because I don t want to pay more tax. Non-compensatory choices included those respondents that indicated I chose randomly or I chose the plan that appeared to provide the greatest overall benefits irrespective of costs. Overall, 117 respondents (28.6%) were removed in Choice Set A, 157 respondents (25.4%) were removed from choice Sets B and C, and 11 respondents (19.3%) from Choice Set D. Thus, choices from 441 respondents were included in the analysis of Choice Set A, 461 respondents were included in the analysis of Choice Sets B and C, and 46 respondents from Choice Set D Analysis of Choice Sets, A, B, C and D Table 18 reports the conditional logit choice models for the four censored choice sets (A, B C and D), as well as a pooled A + B choice set. Choice set A includes 225 genuine choice tasks from 441 participants across the entire UK sample, while sets B and C are based on 235 choice tasks from 461 participants. The pooled A + B choice set is most of the choice tasks included in Choice set A and B; a small number of inconsistent choices were removed from sample. Finally, Choice Set D is based on the 21 choice tasks from the 46 participants who responded to the follow-up questionnaire. In the choice models, the dependant variable is the chosen CE scenario. The CE ecosystem service attributes (wild food, non-food products, climate regulation, water regulation, sense of place, charismatic species and non-charismatic species) were all specified at three levels of provisions: No BAP, Present BAP and Full BAP (see Section 4.3 for details). In the choice model, these attributes were included in the model using effects coding (Bech and Gyrd-Hansen, 25). Table 18 reports the coefficients for the No BAP and Full BAP scenarios: these are presented relative to the Present BAP baseline scenario. The cost attribute was included in the model as a continuous variable. Generally, the ecosystem service attributes are significant (p=.1) in the choice models for choice set A (Basic information) and choice set B (Detailed information): the exceptions being wild food and non-food products attributes under the Full BAP scenario in the choice set A model (which are significant at p=.1) (Table 18). The sign of the attribute coefficients are as expected: the coefficient is negative for reductions in the delivery of ecosystem services (i.e. the No BAP scenario), while the coefficients are positive for an increase in ecosystem service provision (i.e. the Full BAP scenarios). Also, and importantly, the sign of the cost is significant and negative indicating that participants were less likely to choose an option that had a higher cost. It is also useful to note that the sizes of the coefficients are similar between choice sets A and B. This indicates that the provision of more 57

58 information in choice set B did not significantly affect the choices made by participants 4. Choice set C (Rest of UK) follows a similar pattern to choice sets A and B, but the Full implementation BAP scenarios for Non-food products and Non-charismatic species are not significant in the model. The model based on choice set D (cooling off) performs less well than the other models, with only the wild food, climate regulation, charismatic species and cost being significant. However, much of this poor performance can be attributed to the low sample size used in this model. Overall, all of the models demonstrate a good fit to the data (Rho 2 =.15,.14,.13 and.18 for choice set A, B, C and D respectively). Making a case to pool Choice Sets A and B. A potential issue for the analysis of the choice models, particularly for analysis at the regional level, is the small sample sizes: regional sample sizes ranged from 88 participants in Wales down to 34 in the East of England (see Table 15). To help overcome this potential problem, it was considered desirable to pool choice data across the different choice sets so as to increase the number of observed choices per individual. In this context, it is proposed that choice sets A and B are pooled 5. A number of tests were conducted to examine whether the different information sets provided for Choice Sets A and B affected respondent s choices: see Section for further detail. Generally, consistent preferences were found between Choice Set A and B. Analysis, however, identified 2 respondents who did change their preferences between the choice sets. Thus, the pooled A + B dataset used in the main analysis included all choice tasks from Choice Sets A and B where consistent choices were found, but only the data from Choice Set B where respondents were found to change their preferences between choice sets. Thus the pooled A + B dataset comprised 451 choice tasks: from 461 respondents (of which Choice Set A was removed for 2 respondents). This censored pooled A + B model is reported in Table 18. In the Pooled A+B models, all of the choice experiment attributes are significant in the model and of the expected sign. The pooled model s Rho 2 =.14, which suggests that the data is a reasonably good fit to the model. Given the larger sample size in the pooled model, it is argued that for remainder of this report, the analysis of choices within participant s own region should be based on the censored pooled choice sets A + B. The analysis of the choices in the rest of the UK is based on Choice set C. 4 A more comprehensive analysis of the influence on information on values is reported in Section This analysis confirms the observation that information, generally, did not affect respondent s choices. 5 Choice set C was not included in the pooled sample since it related to the UK BAP in the rest of the UK rather than within the respondent s own region. Further, Choice set D was not included as it comprised only a sub-set of all respondents. 58

59 Choice set A (Own region, basic information) Choice set B (Own region, full information) Choice set C (Rest of UK, full information) Choice set D (Own region, cooling off) Pooled A+B Table 18: Choice experiment models for ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP: All UK sample by choice set. wild food non food climate regulation water regulation sense of place charismatic species non-charismatic species full bap.155*.1716***.1858***.546**.138 *** no bap -.294*** *** *** -.466*** -.23 *** full bap.1423**.1859*** *** no bap *** *** *** *** full bap.3734***.4219***.2523***.352**.4 *** no bap *** *** *** -.374** *** full bap.3727***.2861***.2774*** *** no bap *** *** *** -.251* -.47 *** full bap.3782***.357***.236*** *** no bap *** *** -.291*** -.387** *** full bap.5353***.3554***.2671***.541**.442 *** no bap *** *** *** -.499*** *** full bap.1848***.178*** *.181 *** no bap -.299*** *** -.89** *** cost -.43*** -.4*** -.27*** -.6*** -.4 *** LL choice model LL constants only Chi-square Rho-sqrd Rho-sqrd (adj) Obs No. of participants Notes: Asterisk denote level of significance: *** =.1; ** =.5; * = Value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats within own region The assessment of participant s values for the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP within the participant s own region was based on the pooled, censored choice data from choice sets A and B (see Section 7.2 above). Table 19 reports the analysis for the 12 regional choice models, an All England model (comprising data from all nine English regions) and an All UK model (combining data from all 12 regions). In the All UK model, most of the ecosystem service attributes and the cost attribute were significant (p=.1) and of the expected sign. The exception being the Present BAP scenario for the Non-Food Products, Sense of Place and Charismatic Species attributes (Table 19). In the individual regional models the cost attribute is significant and of the expected sign across all regions. However, generally fewer ecosystem service attributes were significant in the regional models (probably reflecting the smaller sample sizes used in these models). The ecosystem service attributes that were significant in the regional models all had the expected signs. It is also noted that there was variability in terms of which ecosystem service attributes were significant in the different 59

60 regions (Table 19). Generally, the climate regulation attribute was significant in at least two levels of provision across all 12 regional models. This suggests that climate regulation is a service that people appear to value across the whole of the UK; which may reflect the high profile that climate change is currently having in the media. The water regulation and charismatic species attributes were significant across most of the regions, while Wild food and Non-food products tended to be significant in the minority of regions. It is also interesting to note that there are differences in terms of which ecosystem service attributes are significant in the different regions. For example, water regulation is significant (at all levels of provision) in Wales, Northern Ireland, the North East and London, while Charismatic species is only significant (at all levels of provision) in the South West region (Table 19). This suggests that people in the different regions value different ecosystems services: i.e. preferences for ecosystem services are spatially heterogeneous. Finally, it is interesting to note that there was a much higher level of significance in the ecosystem service attributes when they were specified at the Full implementation or No BAP level compared to the Present BAP level. The exact reason for this observation is currently unclear, but may reflect the fact that respondents took more notice of an attribute if there was a change in the level of service delivery compared to maintenance of the status quo. In terms of goodness of fit of the regional models, the Rho 2 values range from.27 in Yorkshire and Humber and the South West down to.6 in London. Interestingly, the regional Rho 2 values are higher than the Rho 2 value of the All UK model (.14) in 9 out of the 12 regional models. This suggests that we are better able to predict choices at a regional level compared to a UK national level. In other words, the regional models may better reflect participant s preferences for ecosystem services Consumer surplus for ecosystems services delivered by UK BAP habitats within own region The regional and UK choice models reported in Table 19 can be used to estimate the consumer surplus ( per household per year) for two UK BAP funding scenarios: Increasing spend: The marginal change in the value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats from the current situation under the Present BAP to the situation under Full implementation of the UK BAP (i.e. Full BAP CE scenarios Present BAP CE scenario); Current spend: The marginal change in the value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP habitats from the current situation under the Present BAP to the situation of no further funding of the UK BAP (i.e. Present BAP CE scenario No BAP CE scenario). We stress that these consumer surplus values estimated from the choice experiment relate to the value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP habitats. They do not relate to the value of the changes to ecosystem services directly attributable to the conservation actions funded through the UK BAP. The contribution of the UK BAP actions to the delivery of ecosystem services is estimated in the weighting matrix (see Section 8) and the consumer surplus value directly apportioned to the UK BAP actions are reported in Section 9. Table 2 provides a summary of the mean annual consumer surplus values per household for the seven ecosystem services delivered under the two marginal change scenarios: Full BAP and Present BAP. The consumer surpluses value were estimated by the difference in CE β coefficients for the ecosystem services under the two relevant BAP scenarios, divided by the β coefficient for the cost attribute: the CE β coefficients for the BAP scenarios are reported in Table 19. Note that we only estimate consumer surplus values for a particular ecosystem service attribute when at least two of the levels of that attribute are significant in the CE model at p =.1. Where two or more of the levels are insignificant in the CE models, we can not be confident of the values of the β coefficients and therefore estimation of consumer surplus values would be largely meaningless. In the UK Pooled model (Table 2) we are able to estimate consumer surplus values for all seven ecosystem service attributes. The annual mean consumer surplus value per household for the 6

61 ecosystem services delivered under the Current Spend BAP scenario range from per annum for Non Food Products to per annum for climate regulation services (Table 2). Similar analysis for the Increased spend BAP scenario suggests that the annual mean consumer surplus value per household for the ecosystem services delivered range from per annum for Wild food to 18.4 per annum for charismatic species (Table 2). Aggregating the consumer surplus values across all seven ecosystem services indicates that the mean value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP habitats is per household per annum for the Current Spend BAP scenario and a further per household per annum for the Increased spend BAP scenario. Although we recognise that these consumer surplus values appear high, it is important to recognise that these values reflect a wide range of ecosystem services delivered by important habitats that cover a significant proportion of the land in the UK. Also, in terms of the objectives of this research, we again highlight that these values do not reflect the benefits that people attain directly from UK BAP conservation actions, but reflect the value of ecosystem services delivered across all habitats included within the UK BAP remit. Table 2 also reports the consumer surplus values for the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats within each of the 12 regions. Although we were able to estimate consumer surplus values for Climate Regulation and Sense of Place across all 12 regions, insignificant β coefficients in the choice models (Table 19) meant that we were unable to reliably estimate consumer surplus values for all of the other ecosystem services (particularly Wild Food and Non Food Products) across all regions. The consumer surplus values for the ecosystem services are, with a few exceptions, all positive. This is expected since the marginal change evaluated is for an increase in service provision. Where negative consumer surplus values are found, these results can generally be accounted for by the fact that the β coefficient for one of the attribute levels in the CE model was highly insignificant and therefore the consumer surplus values may be dismissed as irrelevant. Generally, but not always, higher consumer surplus values were attained for the ecosystem services delivered by BAP habitats under the Current Spend BAP scenario than in the Increased spend BAP scenario: note that the Increased spend scenario relates to expenditures that are in addition to, but not including current expenditures see Figure 3 in Section 3.2 for details. This suggests that respondents tended to more highly value the maintenance of current levels of ecosystem services rather than support policies that extend the levels of service provision beyond current levels. Such an observation is common in valuation studies. It was also interesting to note that the relative values for ecosystem services were not consistent across regions. For example when considering the Current Spend scenario, Climate Regulation attains the highest consumer surplus in Northern Ireland, London, East Midlands, South East and South West regions, while Water Regulation attains the highest consumer surplus Wales, North East, Yorkshire and Humber, West Midlands and East of England). Further, the ecosystem services with the highest values in the regions differ between the Current Spend scenario and the Increased spend scenario. There is also a wide range in the actual value of the consumer surpluses across regions. For example, consumer surplus values for Climate Regulation (under the Current Spend scenario) range from in London to 52.8 in Wales. Thus, there is clear evidence of heterogeneity in people s preferences across regions, as well as variation in how much people are willing to pay for individual ecosystem services. The last four rows in Table 2 provide estimates of the aggregate consumer surplus for the ecosystem services delivered by BAP habitats under the two scenarios. These aggregate values were derived by summing the consumer surplus values of all seven ecosystem services. The mean aggregate consumer surplus for maintain ecosystem services from BAP habitats under the Current Spend scenario range from per household per year (equivalent to 2.2 per week) in the East of England to per household per year (equivalent to per week) in London. Similarly, the values for the Increased spend scenario ranged from per household per year (equivalent to 4.13 per week) in the North East to per household per year (equivalent to 2.93 per week) in the South East. Again, we stress that these values reflect the value of ecosystem services associated with BAP habitats, but not the conservation activities directly associated with the UK BAP. 61

62 Table 19: Choice models for the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats within own region (by region of origin) CE attributes and levels Scotland Wales Wild food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Charismatic species Noncharismatic species N. Ireland All England N.E. N.W. York. & Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England London S.E. S.W. All UK Full bap **.127 ** ** * *** Present * *** No bap -.28 *** *** *** *** ** *** *** ** * -.23 *** Full bap ** *** *.394 **.777 ***.164 *** Present *** *.26 No bap ** -.21 ** *** ** ** ** * -.48 *** -.19 *** Full bap.362 ***.264 ***.418 ***.443 ***.482 ***.723 ***.72 ***.472 ***.436 ***.564 ***.296 ***.47 ***.521 ***.4 *** Present *.21 *** ***.323 *.676 ***.145 *** No bap *** *** -.64 *** *** *** *** *** *** -.54 *** *** *** -.73 *** *** *** Full bap **.25 *.429 ***.467 *** ***.479 ***.352 **.48 ***.488 ***.623 ***.628 ***.326 *** Present.177 *.177 **.25 **.124 ***.228 *.324 ** * *** No bap -.34 *** *** -.41 *** *** *** *** *** * *** *** *** *** -.47 *** Full bap.441 ***.291 ***.52 ***.337 ***.299 *.431 **.556 *** **.46 ***.466 ***.429 *** *** Present ** ** *** * -.37 No bap *** ** -.4 *** *** ** ** *** -.59 *** *** *** ** *** Full bap.594 *** ***.46 ***.59 ***.937 ***.892 ***.443 ** **.281 *.695 ***.513 ***.442 *** Present * ***.14 No bap *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** -.22 ** ** *** *** *** *** Full bap.3 ***.27 ** ***.292 * **.311 ** *** Present *** *** *** ** No bap *** *** *** *** ** *** ** ** ** *** *** Cost -.5 *** -.4 *** -.4 *** -.4 *** -.8 *** -.7 *** -.6 *** -.5 *** -.3 *** -.5 *** -.2 ** -.2 ** -.4 *** -.4 *** LL choice model LL constants only Chi-square R-sqrd Obs

63 Scotland Wales Northern Ireland England North East North West Yorkshire and Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England London South East South West UK ( Pooled ) Table 2: Consumer surplus values for the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats within own region (by region of origin) Consumer surplus values: ( /household/ year) Wild food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Charismatic species Non-charismatic species Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Value of Increased spend scenario Value of Current spend scenario ( /household/year for 1 years) ( /household/week) ( /household/year for 1 years) ( /household/week)

64 7.4. Value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats within the rest of the UK In Section 7.3 above, we estimated the value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats located within respondents own region. In this section we report the findings from the assessment of the value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the rest of the UK. In other words, respondents of the choice experiment were asked (in Choice Set C) to state their values for ecosystem services in all other regions of the UK outside their own region of residence. The assessment of participant s values for the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP in the rest of the UK was based on the censored choice data from choice set C (see Section 7.2 above). Table 21 reports the analysis for the 12 regional choice models, an All England model (comprising data from all nine English regions) and an All UK model (combining data from all 12 regions). In the All UK model, the majority of the ecosystem service attributes and the cost attribute were significant (p=.1) and of the expected sign: although it should be noted that the number of significance of attributes was lower than in the own region choice model (Table 18). In the rest of the UK All UK data model (last column, Table 21), all levels of the Climate Regulation, Water Regulation and Charismatic Species attributes were significant. The other attributes had at least one level insignificant (Table 21). The Rho 2 value of the All UK model was.127, demonstrating a reasonably fit to the data. In the individual regional models for the rest of the UK, the cost attribute is significant and of the expected sign in 1 of the 12 regions: cost is insignificant in the East of England and London samples. In terms of the ecosystem services attributes, all three levels of the Climate Regulation attribute were significant in four regional models (Northern Ireland, Yorkshire and Humber, the East Midlands, and the All England samples), while Water Regulation was significant at all three levels of provision in Wales, Northern Ireland, Yorkshire and Humber and the All England models). However, none of the attributes levels were significant for the Non-charismatic species attribute in 8 of the 12 regions, for the Wild food attributes in 6 regions, for Sense of Place in 5 regions, for the Non-Food Products 3 regions or for Charismatic species in 2 regions. Thus, it is clear that the rest of the UK models performed less well than the own region models. Some of the reason for this is likely to be the result of the rest of the UK models being based on only 5 choice tasks per respondent (while the own region model was based on 1 choice tasks per respondent since choice sets A and B were pooled in the own region models). In terms of goodness of fit of the regional models, the Rho 2 values range from.331 in Yorkshire and Humber down to.85 in the East of England. Similar to the own region models, the regional Rho 2 values are higher than the Rho 2 value of the All UK model (.127) in 1 out of the 12 regional models. This again suggests that we are better able to predict choices at a regional level compared to a UK national level Consumer surplus for ecosystems services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the rest of the UK In this section, we first report the mean consumer surplus values that people in the different regions have for the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP habitats in the rest of the UK. Next, we undertake analysis to redistribute the benefits for the rest of the UK to the actual regions where those benefits are attained. Thus, for each region, we estimate the value of the ecosystem services delivered within that region based on the valuations of people in all of the other regions of the UK. Consumer surplus for ecosystem services delivered by BAP habitats in the rest of the UK by region of respondent. The regional and UK choice models reported in Table 21 can be used to estimate the annual household consumer surplus values of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP habitats for two UK BAP scenarios: Increased spend and Current spend scenarios. Again, we stress that the CE models are valuing 64

65 all ecosystem services associated with BAP habitats, rather than the services delivered as a direct result of actions associated with the UK BAP. Table 22 provides a summary of the mean annual consumer surplus values per household for the seven ecosystem services delivered under the two marginal change scenarios: Increased spend and Current spend scenarios. Note again that we only estimate consumer surplus values for a particular ecosystem service attribute when at least two of the levels of that attribute are significant (p =.1) in the CE model. Where two or more of the levels are insignificant in the CE models, we cannot be confident of the values of the β coefficients are therefore estimation of consumer surplus values would be largely meaningless. Further, given that the cost coefficient was insignificant in the East of England and London models, we are unable to estimate reliable consumer surplus values for these two regions. In the UK Pooled model (Table 22), we are able to estimate consumer surplus values for six of the seven ecosystem service attributes: the Non charismatic species attribute was insignificant at two levels of provision. The annual mean consumer surplus value per household for the ecosystem services delivered by of Current spend scenario range from 4.3 per annum for Wildfood to 31 per annum for Climate Regulation and Water Regulation services (Table 22). Similar analysis for the Increased spend scenario suggests that the annual mean consumer surplus value per household for the ecosystem services delivered range from per annum for Non-Food Products to per annum for Water regulation (Table 22). Aggregating the consumer surplus values across the six significant ecosystem services indicates that the mean value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP habitats is per household per annum for the Current spend scenario and per household per annum for the Increased spend scenario. Table 22 also reports the consumer surplus values for the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats within each of the 12 regions. Unfortunately, the low levels of significance of the ecosystem service attributes in choice models (Table 21) meant that we were unable to assess the value of many ecosystem services at a regional level. Generally, the consumer surplus values for the ecosystem services are positive. Further, higher consumer surplus values were attained for the ecosystem services delivered by BAP habitats under the Current spend scenario than in the Increased spend scenario; the general exceptions to this were the Wild Food and Sense of Place services. There were also differences in terms of the relative values for ecosystem services across regions. For example, when considering the Current spend scenario, Climate Regulation attains the highest consumer surplus in Northern Ireland, England, the North East, Yorkshire and Humber, and East Midlands, while Water Regulation attains the highest consumer surplus Scotland, Wales, North West, and South East. Further, the ecosystem services with the highest values in the regions differ between the Current spend scenario and the Increased spend scenario. There is also a wide range in the actual consumer surplus values across the regions. For example, consumer surplus values for Climate Regulation (under the Current spend scenario) range from in Yorkshire and Humber to in Scotland. Thus, there is again clear evidence of heterogeneity in people s preferences across regions, as well as variation in how much people are willing to pay for individual ecosystem services. The last four rows in Table 22 provide estimates of the aggregate consumer surplus for the ecosystem services delivered by BAP habitats under the two scenarios. These aggregate values were derived by summing the consumer surplus values of all seven ecosystem services. The mean aggregate consumer surplus for maintain ecosystem services from BAP habitats under the Current spend scenario ranged from per household per year (equivalent to 2.87 per week) in Wales to per household per year (equivalent to per week) in Yorkshire and Humber. Similarly, the values for Increased spend scenario ranged from per household per year (equivalent to.22 per week) in the West Midlands to per household per year (equivalent to per week) in the South East. Comparing these household consumer surplus values for the rest of the UK (Table 22) with those for within own region (Table 2) suggests that respondent s values for ecosystem services were reasonably similar across the two scenarios. 65

66 Consumer surplus for ecosystem services delivered by BAP habitats in the rest of the UK by region of benefit. In this next stage, we allocate the values reported in Table 22 to the regions where the ecosystem service benefits were delivered, thus providing an estimate of the values that people outside a particularly region had for the delivery of ecosystem services within that region. The approach used to distribute the values across the other regions was linked to the current areas of habitats with the different regions. So, for example, to estimate the value that people in the rest of the UK had for Wild Food in Scotland, we first estimated the proportion of relevant habitat found in Scotland compared to the total area that habitat across the whole of the UK. In the case of Wild Food, the relevant habitat was native woodland. Other ecosystem services, such as climate change were based on a range of habitats: see Section 4.3 for further detail. Scotland currently has 36.9% of all native woodland habitats in the UK (Table 12). Thus, we assume that 36.9% of the value of Wild Food services which people in another region, e.g. Wales, had for Wild Food would be allocated to Scotland 6. This procedure was repeated for all 11 regions, and thus the value of Wild Food in Scotland was estimated by summing the allocation of values from all 11 regions. Table 23 provides a summary of these values. Of the 12 regions, people from the rest of the UK gave the highest total value for ecosystem services delivered by BAP habitats in Scotland ( 3,744 per household per annum for the Current spend scenario and 1,94 for the Increased spend scenario). The values of the ecosystem services delivered by BAP habitats in England, Wales and Northern Ireland to the rest of the UK were 4,73, 931 and 441 respectively for the Present BAP scenario, and 2,122, 482 and 27 respectively for the Full BAP scenario. We, however, advise caution in the interpretation of the values for the English regions as the approach used to determine the area of habitats within English regions produced some anomalies (see Section 4.3.1). 6 Note that in practice this description is a somewhat simplified version of what actually happened. The proportion of services allocated to a region was based on the area of that habitat in the region of delivery compared to the area of habitat in the rest of the UK minus the area habitat in the region where the valuation was undertaken. This allowed for a more precise allocation of services to regions. 66

67 Table 21: Choice models for the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the rest of the UK (by region of origin) Wild food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Charismatic species Noncharismatic species Scotland Wales N. Ireland All England N.E. N.W. York. & Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England London S.E. S.W. All UK Full bap.413 *** ** *** *** Present ** *** No bap *** *** ** -.39 * * *** Full bap * *.15 *.649 ** ** ** ** Present.224 * **.529 ** *** No bap *** *** *** ** ** -.79 *** ** -.41 ** -.82 *** *** Full bap **.333 ***.826 *** *** *** **.547 ***.252 *** Present.255 * ***.339 *** *** **.547 ** *** No bap ** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** -.61 * ** *** *** *** Full bap **.24 *.366 *** **.74 *** *** ** *** Present.654 ***.236 **.284 **.223 *** ***.631 ***.493 ** *** No bap *** *** *** -.59 *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** *** Full bap.626 ***.3 ** *** ** **.597 **.236 *** Present * ** ** No bap ** *** *** *** * *** Full bap.627 *** *** *** *** Present *** **.539 **.547 ** **.117 ** No bap -.56 *** *** *** *** *** -.56 *** *** *** *** ** *** *** Full bap ** ** **.24 Present.446 *** * No bap ** ** Cost -.3 *** -.5 *** -.3 *** -.2 *** -.3 *** -.6 *** -.2 *** -.5 *** -.3 *** * -.2 ** -.3 *** LL choice model LL constants only Chi-square R-sqrd Obs

68 Scotland Wales Northern Ireland England North East North West Yorkshire and Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England London South East South West UK ( Pooled ) Table 22: Consumer surplus values for the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the rest of the UK (by region of origin) Consumer surplus values: ( /household/yr) Wild food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Charismatic species Non-charismatic species Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Value of Increased spend scenario Value of Current spend scenario ( /household/year for 1 years) ( /household/week) ( /household/year for 1 years) ( /household/week)

69 Scotland Wales Northern Ireland England North East North West Yorkshire and Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England London South East South West UK (Sum of 12 regions) UK ( Pooled ) Table 23: Consumer surplus values for the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the rest of the UK (by region of benefit) (Consumer surplus values: m/yr) Wild food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Charismatic species Non-charismatic species Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Value of Increased spend scenario ( m /year for 1 years) Value of Current spend scenario ( m /year for 1 years)

70 7.5. Value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the UK: within own region + rest of UK. The final step in the assessment of the value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the UK is to aggregate the values that people have for ecosystem services within their own region with the values that people have for ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the rest of the UK. This assessment is made for both the per household consumer surplus and the total consumer surplus values Per household value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the UK: within own region + rest of UK. The aggregate value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the UK was estimated by summing the per household values that people have for ecosystem services within their own region (Table 2) with the per household values that people have for ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the rest of the UK (Table 23). These aggregate values are reported in Table 24. The mean consumer surplus values ( per household per annum) for the ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats is estimated at 1,773 for the Current spend scenario, and a further 953 for the Increased spend scenario based on the Pooled UK data. Generally, people most highly value Climate Regulating services ( 479 per annum for the Current spend scenario and 19 for the Increased spend scenario), and Water Regulation ( 461 per annum for the Current spend scenario and 181 for the Increased spend scenario). Charismatic species is also highly valued ( 298 per annum for the Current spend scenario and 25 for the Increased spend scenario). In terms of the distribution of values across regions, the highest values are found for habitats in Scotland ( 4,288 for the Current spend scenario and 2,299 for the Increased spend scenario), London ( 2,527 for the Current spend and 1,4 for the Increased spend). The lowest values were found in the East of England ( 537 for Current spend and 651 for Increased spend) and East Midlands ( 673 for Current spend and 738 for Increased spend). It is also noted that there is a high degree of variation in the values of ecosystem services across the regions. There are, however, a number of caveats which should be considered when interpreting the figures in Table 24. First, the values reported in Table 24 relate to the total consumer surplus values of people living in the UK for the ecosystem services delivered by BAP habitats within the UK. Importantly, these values do not relate solely to the value of ecosystem services delivered by actions implemented through the UK BAP. The weighting matrix (see Section 8 below) is used to identify the contribution of the UK BAP actions to the delivery of ecosystem services. Second, due to insignificant attribute coefficients in some of the choice models, we were not able to provide reliable estimates of the value of ecosystem services within all regions. Thus, the values reported above are likely to constitute a conservative estimate of the true values. Finally, we advise caution in the interpretation of the English regional data since (i) the approach used to allocate habitats to the nine English regions produced some anomalies (see Section 4.3.1) and (ii) the sample used for the choice experiment was smallest in the English regions. 7

71 Scotland Wales Northern Ireland England North East North West Yorkshire and Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England London South East South West UK pooled Table 24: Consumer surplus values ( per household) of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats in the UK Consumer surplus values ( per household) Wild food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Charismatic species Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Increased spend Current spend Non-charismatic species Value of the Increased spend scenario ( m /year for 1 years) Value of the Current spend scenario ( m /year for 1 years) Increased spend Current spend

72 8. Step 2 Results: Weighting Matrix The weighting matrix required ecological experts to assess the level of ecosystem services delivered by the 19 broad BAP habitats. The matrix was send to a comprehensive list of individuals involved in the management of local biodiversity action plans (LBAP) across the UK. Fifty eight responses were returned and used in the analysis. Each expert was asked to complete the matrix for the three BAP habitats that they were most familiar with. Table 25 provides a summary of the number of responses received for each BAP habitat. Native woodlands, Hedgerows, and Lowland meadows all received a high number of responses (25, 21 and 17 responses respectively). Arable margins, Limestone pavements, Lowland calcareous grasslands, Lowland dry acid grassland, Upland calcareous grassland, Upland hay meadows and Arable fields all received five responses: which was considered the minimum number to permit reasonable analysis of the matrix. Table 25: No. of responses to the weighting matrix by BAP habitat. UK BAP habitat No. of UK BAP habitat No. of responses responses Arable margins 5 Upland calcareous grassland 5 Blanket bog 12 Upland hay meadows 5 Hedgerows 21 Upland heathland 7 Limestone pavement 5 Coastal and floodplain grazing marsh 6 Lowland calcareous grassland 5 Fens 7 Lowland dry acid grassland 5 Lowland raised bogs 9 Lowland heathland 1 Wet reedbeds 12 Lowland meadows 17 Native woodland - All 25 Purple moor-grass and rush pastures 7 Arable fields 5 Improved grassland 6 The results from the weighting matrix are reported in Table In the weighting matrix exercise, experts were asked to indicate the relative provision of ecosystem services (from a list of 1 services: see row 2) delivered by 19 broad BAP habitats (see first column). For each habitat / ecosystem service assessment, three weighting scores were estimated relating to the three different UK BAP scenarios: Full implementation of the UK BAP, i.e. the total level of ecosystem service provision that would be delivered by a BAP habitat if the UK BAP was fully implemented so that all of the new BAP targets were achieved; Additional services due to the UK BAP, i.e. the additional ecosystem services that are delivered as a direct result of the conservation activities associated with the full implementation of the new UK BAP targets. This figure is estimated by subtracting the Services without BAP from the Full implementation of the UK BAP ; Services without BAP, i.e. the residual level of ecosystem service provision that would be delivered by habitats in the absence of conservation activities associated with the UK BAP. Taking the example of the Blanket bogs / climate regulation results from Table 26, the data suggests that Full implementation of the BAP would deliver a relative weighting score of.836. This coefficient is interpreted on a relative scale of = no service delivery to 1 = full service delivery. Therefore, a value of.836 suggests that blanket bogs managed under the UK BAP would deliver high levels of climate regulation. The second coefficient for Blank bogs / climate regulation in Table 26 relates to the additional ecosystem service that would be delivered by the conservation activities associated with the UK BAP. So the UK BAP activities in Blanket bogs are responsible for increasing 7 Table 26 is split into two sections: a and b. This split is simply for presentation purposes and the Table should be read as a single table. 72

73 climate regulation services by a weighting score of.174. The final coefficient relates to the level of service provision that would be delivered in the absence of the UK BAP. So for example, even without the UK BAP, Blanket bogs are considered to deliver a relative weighting score of.662 units of climate regulation services. In this research, the most important weighting score is the Additional services due to BAP coefficient as this provides an indication of how the conservation activities under the UK BAP enhances the levels of ecosystem service provision. It should also be noted that all of the weighting scores report in Table 26 are relative to and consistent with all habitat / ecosystem service combinations. In other words, the scores can be directly compared across the entire matrix. The weighting matrix spreadsheet also allows an assessment of the accuracy and validity of the weighting scores to be made. In Table 26 we report the standard deviation (SD) of each score. So for example, SD of the weighting score for climate services delivered under the Full implementation scenario in Blanket bogs is.284. This SD can be used to assess the range of weighting scores from the experts for each habitat / ecosystem service combinations. In addition, we also provide an indicator of consistency through the calculation of a Mean / se value (which can be interpreted as a t-value): consistent values are shown in bold in Table 26. Thus, for the blanket bog, additional climate regulation services due the BAP is considered to be relatively accurate with a weighting score of.174, a SD of.15, and a mean / se value of In contrast, the commercial food services coefficient of -.8, is considered to be less reliable given the SD of.27 and mean / se = These weighting scores are also shown graphically in Figure 5a r. The total height of the bar represents the weighting score for Full implementation of the UK BAP. The darker shaded area at the top of the bar represents the Additional services due to the BAP, while the lighter shaded area at the bottom of the bar represents the Services without BAP. Finally, the error bars in the graph relate to the size of the standard deviation of the weighting scores for the Full implementation of the BAP. These error bars thus represent the level of consistency in the weighting scores across the experts: smaller error bars indicate that there was a high degree of agreement across the experts on the weighting score. It is clear from eye-balling the weighting scores that there is a high degree of variability in terms of the levels of ecosystem services delivered by the different habitats. For example, Native woodlands tend to deliver high levels of ecosystem services, while the grassland habitats tend to deliver low levels of ecosystem services. The agricultural habitats, such as Arable fields and Improved grassland, provide an interesting case in that these are shown to generally deliver low levels of most ecosystem services; apart from delivering high levels of Commercial food which is what would be expected. There are also clear differences between habitats in terms of the contribution that UK BAP conservation activities have on enhancing the provision of services. For example, BAP conservation activities in Native woodlands are considered to enhance most types of ecosystem services. BAP conservation activities on heathland and hay meadow habitats tend to mainly enhance cultural services, while BAP activities on bogs and wetland reed bed habitats tend to enhance regulating services. It was considered that conservation activities on Fens were likely to have very little impact on the provision of ecosystem services. Finally, it was considered that BAP activities would reduce commercial food production on the agricultural habitats: arable fields, arable margins, and improved grassland. There were also differences in terms of the confidence that experts had with respect to the links between BAP habitats and the delivery of ecosystem services. The standard deviations for Native woodlands, Hedgerows, Lowland heathland, Lowland meadows habitats were generally low (indicating a high level of confidence and consistency), while the standard deviations found in Upland hay meadows, Upland Calcareous grassland and Limestone pavements were generally larger (indicating less confidence in the results). Also, there tended to be less consistency in the weighting scores for the cultural services compare to the other types of services: for example see Upland hay meadows, Limestone pavements and Lowland dry acid grassland. 73

74 Table 26a: Weighting scores for the levels of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats. Provisioning services Regulating services Cultural services UK BAP Habitat Arable margins BAP scenario Commercial Food Wild Food Non-food products Climate regulation Water Regulation Water purification Pollination Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-charismatic species mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Total provision Blanket bog Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Hedgerows Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Limestone pavement Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Lowland calcareous grassland Lowland dry acid grassland Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Lowland heathland Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Lowland meadows Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Purple moor-grass and rush pastures Upland calcareous grassland Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Notes: Figures shown in bold can be considered to be consistent based on the following criteria (mean / SE) 74

75 Table 26b: Weighting scores for the levels of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats. Provisioning services Regulating services Cultural services UK BAP Habitat Non-charismatic Total Commercial Food Wild Food Non-food products Climate regulation Water Regulation Water purification Pollination Sense of Place Charismatic species BAP scenario species provision mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd mean sd Full implementation of BAP Upland hay meadows Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Upland heathland Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Full implementation of BAP Coastal and floodplain Additional service due to BAP grazing marsh Service without BAP Fens Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Lowland raised bogs Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Wet reedbeds Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Native woodland - All Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Arable fields Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Improved grassland Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP All habitats (mean coefficient) Full implementation of BAP Additional service due to BAP Service without BAP Notes: Figures shown in bold can be considered to be consistent based on the following criteria (mean / SE) 75

76 Figure 5a: Arable margins Key to Figure 5 graphs: Total height of bar: Level of service provision under Full implementation of UK BAP. Dark shaded area (top half): Additional services due to BAP Light shaded area (bottom half): Level of service provision without the UK BAP. Error bars: Standard deviation of weighting scores for Full implementation of UK BAP Figure 5b: Blanket bogs Figure 5e: Lowland Calcareous Grassland Figure 5c: Hedgerows Figure 5f: Lowland Dry Acid Grassland Figure 5d: Limestone pavements Figure 5g: Lowland Heathland 76

77 Figure 5h: Lowland Meadows Figure 5l: Upland Heathland Figure 5i: Purple moorland grass and rush pastures Figure 5m: Coastal and Flood Plain Grazing Marsh Figure 5j: Upland Calcareous Grassland Figure 5n: Fens Figure 5k: Upland Hay Meadow Figure 5o: Lowland Raised Bogs 77

78 Figure 5: Wet Reed Beds Figure 5p: Native woodland (All) Figure 5q: Arable Fields Figure 5r: Improved Grassland 78

79 9. Step 3 Results: Value of ecosystem services direct attributable to the UK BAP. The final step of the analysis is to estimate the value of additional ecosystem services that are directly attributable to the conservation activities funded through the UK BAP. The analysis is split into three sections. First, we estimate the relative contribution of each BAP habitat to the delivery of ecosystem services within each region (Section 9.1). This information is then used (along with estimates of the value of ecosystem services associated with UK BAP habitats: from Section 7.5.1) to estimate the value of ecosystem services provided by each BAP habitats within each region (Section 9.2). Next, based on the assessment of the additional contribution that conservation activities have for the delivery of ecosystem services (from the weighting matrix: Section 8), we estimate the value of the ecosystem services directly attributable to the UK BAP conservation activities (Section 9.3). It is this element of analysis that is of critical importance to the aims of this research as this assessment provides a measure of the benefits associated with the expenditure on the UK BAP Contribution of BAP habitats to the delivery of ecosystem services within each region. A key step to assigning the ecosystem service values across the various BAP habitats is to estimate the relative contribution of each habitat to the delivery of ecosystem services within each region. This is achieved by dividing the area of a particular BAP habitat within a particular region with the total area of all BAP habitats within that region. This figure was then adjusted by a factor of.7 to account for the fact that the full implementation of the BAP targets aims to include 7% of the total area of BAP habitat. To illustrate this calculation, we use the example of Blanket bogs in Scotland. In Scotland, the total current area of BAP habitats is 4,379, Ha, of which the area of Blanket bog accounts for 1759, Ha. Assuming that full implementation of the UK BAP will target 7% of current habitat area, BAP targets for blanket bogs in Scotland will account for 28.1% of all land within BAP habitats in Scotland, i.e. 1759, / 4379, *.7 =.281. Table 12 (Section 4.3.1) summarises the current area of each of the 19 broad BAP habitats by region, while Table 27 reports the estimated relative contribution of each habitat to the delivery of ecosystem services within each region. These figures for relative contribution are used in the next stage to help allocate the total value of ecosystem services delivered by BAP habitats within a region to individual habitats. 79

80 Arable margins Blanket bog Hedgerows Limestone pavement Lowland calcareous grassland Lowland dry acid grassland Lowland heathland Lowland meadows Purple moorgrass and rush pastures Upland calcareous grassland Upland hay meadows Upland heathland Coastal & floodplain grazing marsh Fens Lowland raised bogs Wet reedbeds Native woodland - All Arable fields Improved grassland Table 27: Relative contribution of each habitat to the delivery of ecosystem services within each region Scotland Wales Northern Ireland England North East North West Yorkshire and The Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England London South East South West UK

81 9.2. Value of ecosystem services by BAP habitats. Below, we estimate that value of the ecosystem services delivered by the conservation activities under the Increased Spend of the UK BAP and for the Current spend scenarios for all 19 UK BAP broad habitats. This analysis is achieved by multiplying the consumer surplus values for the ecosystem service delivered by the UK BAP habitats (as derived from the pooled UK choice experiment data: see last column in Table 2, Table 23 and Table 24 for the household consumer surplus values) X the % contribution of a habitat to the provision of services within a particular region (Table 27) X the weighting score for the additional services delivered as a direct consequence of the BAP conservation activities (derived from the weighting matrix: Table 26). To illustrate, the marginal benefit of climate regulating services directly attributable to actions under the Increased spend scenario of the Blanket bog BAP habitat (compared to the Current spend scenario) in the UK as a whole ( 1.85 per household per year: see Table 28) was estimated by multiplying the value of climate regulation services delivered by Blanket bog habitats ( per household per annum: Table 2) X the contribution that the UK BAP brings to the delivery of climate regulating services in blanket bogs (.19: see Table 27) X the weighting score for the additional climate regulation services delivered as a direct consequence of the conservation activities under the Increased spend scenario (.174: Table 26). This analysis produced two sets of results: Table 28: per household per annum for the Increased spend scenario Table 29: per household per annum for the Current spend scenario These household values were then multiplied by the number of households in the UK (25 million) to provide aggregate values for the two BAP scenarios: Table 3: Aggregate value ( m per annum) for the Increased spend scenario Table 31: Aggregate value ( m per annum) for the Current spend scenario Each of these four results tables are split into three sections. The first section relates to the marginal benefits for ecosystem services delivered within the respondent s own region, the second section is for the marginal benefit that people in the rest of the UK attain from the ecosystem services delivered within the region of interest, and finally the last section relates to the total marginal benefits of the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP (i.e. the summation of the within own region and rest of UK ) Household values of ecosystem services delivered by BAP conservation activities by BAP habitats. Table 28 and Table 29 respectively summarise the / household / yr values for the ecosystem services delivered by BAP conservation activities under the Increased spend and Current spend scenarios across the whole of the UK. In both cases, this analysis is based on the data from the UK pooled sample of the choice experiment. Turning first to Table 28 (Increased spend scenario), people had the highest values for the ecosystem services delivered by BAP activities on Blanket bogs ( / household / yr), native woodland ( 5.75 / household / yr), improved grassland ( 3.62 / household / yr), and hedgerows ( 2.48 / household / yr). UK BAP conservation activities on Upland hay meadows, Limestone pavements, Lowland meadows, Lowland dry acid grassland, Fens and Arable margins were considered to deliver ecosystem services that had virtually no value to respondents. A similar situation was found for the Current spend scenario (Table 29), however the mean values were generally higher than the Increased spend scenario. Thus, for the Increased spend scenario, people again attained the highest values for the ecosystem services by BAP activities on Blanket bog 81

82 ( / household / yr), native woodland ( 1.33 / household / yr), improved grassland ( 6.87 / household / yr), Upland heathland ( 5.81 / household / yr), and hedgerows ( 3.46 / household / yr). Again, Limestone pavements, Lowland dry acid grassland, Upland hay meadows, Fens and Arable margins attained very low values (>.4 / household / yr). The underlying drivers for these values can be identified by going back through the various tables used in the analysis. For example, the high value for Native woodland and Blanket bogs are largely driven by the high weighting scores for additional services across most of the ecosystem service categories (Table 26). The relatively high value for improved grassland can largely be traced back to the large area of this habitat (Table 12). Arable land also covers a large area (Table 12); however, it received very low weighting scores for the additional services provided by the BAP in the weighting matrix (Table 26) Total values of ecosystem services delivered by BAP conservation activities by BAP habitats. The analysis reported above was also aggregated to the UK population to provide estimates of the total value of the ecosystem services delivered by the BAP conservation activities (Table 3 and Table 31). Again, this analysis is based on the data from the UK pooled sample of the choice experiment. In the Increased spend scenario (Table 3), people had the highest values for the ecosystem services delivered by BAP activities on Blanket bog ( m / yr), native woodland ( m / yr), Upland heath ( 94.58m / yr), Improved grassland ( 9.66m / yr), and hedgerows ( 62.5m / yr). Upland hay meadows, Lowland dry acid grassland, Limestone pavements, Lowland hay meadows, Fens, Wet reed beds, Arable margins and Lowland raised bogs were associated with virtually no value (> 1.m per annum). The total values for the Current spend scenario (Table 31) were again higher than those in the Full implementation scenario. Here, the total values included: Blanket bog ( 67.48m / yr), native woodland ( m / yr), Improved grassland ( m / yr), Upland heath ( ) and hedgerows ( m / yr). The underlying drivers for these total values are the same as that described above for the household values. 82

83 Arable margins Blanket bog Hedgerows Limestone pavement Low calc grassland Lowland dry acid grass Low heath Low Hay meadow Purple moor. grass Upland calc grass Upland hay meadow Upland heath Coastal floodplain Fens Lowland raised bog Wet reed beds Native woodland Arable fields Improved grassland All BAP Habitats Table 28: Value ( per household per annum) of ecosystem services delivered by the additional actions under the Increased spend BAP scenario (All UK). All UK Increased spend scenario ( / Household) Value of services delivered within own region Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total Value of services by respondents in rest of UK Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total Aggregate value: Sum of within own region + rest of UK Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total

84 Arable margins Blanket bog Hedgerows Limestone pavement Low calc grassland Low dry acid grass Lowland heath Low Hay meadow Purple moor. grass Upland calc grass Upland hay meadow Upland heath Coastal floodplain Fens Lowland raised bog Wet reed beds Native woodland Arable fields Improved grassland All BAP habitats Table 29: Value ( per household per annum) of ecosystem services delivered by the additional actions under the Current spend BAP scenario (All UK). All UK Current spend scenario ( / Household) Value of services delivered within own region Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total Value of services by respondents in rest of UK Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total Aggregate value: Sum of within own region + rest of UK Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total

85 Arable margins Blanket bog Hedgerows Limestone pavement Low calc grassland Low dry acid grass Lowland heath Low Hay meadow Purple moor. grass Upland calc grass Upland hay meadow Upland heath Coastal floodplain Fens Lowland raised bog Wet reed beds Native woodland Arable fields Improved grassland All BAP Habitats Table 3: Total value ( m) of ecosystem services delivered by the additional actions under the Increased spend BAP scenario (All UK). All UK Increased spend scenario (Total value, m) Value of services delivered within own region Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total Value of services by respondents in rest of UK Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total Aggregate value: Sum of within own region + rest of UK Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total

86 Arable margins Blanket bog Hedgerows Limestone pavement Lowland calc grass Low dry acid grass Lowland heath Low Hay meadow Purple moor. grass Upland calc grassland Upland hay meadow Upland heath Coastal floodplain Fens Lowland raised bog Wet reed beds Native woodland Arable fields Improved grassland All BAP habitats Table 31: Total value ( m) of ecosystem services delivered by the additional actions under the Current spend scenario (All UK). All UK Current spend scenario (Total value, m) Value of services delivered within own region Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total Value of services by respondents in rest of UK Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total Aggregate value: Sum of within own region + rest of UK Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total

87 9.3. Value of ecosystem services by region. The data can also be used to estimate the value of ecosystem services delivered by BAP conservation activities within each of the 12 UK regions and across the UK as a whole. This analysis was undertaken following a similar procedure to that described in Section 9.2: the only difference was that the regional analysis was based on the regional CE consumer surplus values reported in Table 2, Table 23 and Table 24 as opposed to the pooled UK data. This analysis is again split into two sections: household values and total values Household values of ecosystem services delivered by BAP conservation activities by region Table 32 provides a summary of the household value of ecosystem services delivered by BAP conservation activities by the 12 UK regions and the UK as a whole. The analysis is again split between the Increased spend and Current spend scenarios. Turning first to the UK as a whole, people, on average, were willing to pay per household per annum to attain the additional ecosystem services delivered through the conservation activities undertaken as part of the existing BAPs, i.e. Current spend scenario (see last column in Table 32). Of this, is associated with values for ecosystem services within the respondent s own region, while is derived from people living out with the region of investigation (i.e. from the rest of the UK). Likewise, people would be willing to pay per household per annum for the additional ecosystem services that would be delivered if the UK BAP was extended from the current level of support to one where the new BAP targets were fully met, i.e. increased spend scenario (see last column in Table 32). Table 32 also provides an assessment of the household values for the additional services delivered by BAP activities for each of the 12 UK regions. The mean value of ecosystem services delivered as a direct consequence of the current spend scenario in England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland is 19.28, , 41.82, and 4.53 per household per yr respectively. Similarly, for the increased spend scenario the mean values are 5.52, 82.64, 22.17, and respectively. In terms of the English regions, the highest mean values are for the ecosystem services in London ( and per household per year for the Current spend and Increased spend scenarios respectively). This finding can be explained in terms of the high valuation that people in London had for ecosystem services within their own region (Table 2). The region with the next highest value was the South West ( and per household per year for the Current spend and Increased spend scenarios respectively, followed by the, Yorkshire and Humber, North West, and the South East. However, as previously noted, we advise caution with the interpretation of the English region data Total values of ecosystem services delivered by BAP conservation activities by region Table 32 provides a summary of the total value of ecosystem services delivered by BAP conservation activities by the 12 UK regions and the UK as a whole. It is estimated that the total value of the ecosystem services delivered as a direct consequence of Current spend on the UK BAP is between 1366m per annum and 1488m per annum and for the Increased spend scenario between 747m per annum and 714m per annum (depending on the method used to assess the total value: see last two columns of Table 33). The total value of additional ecosystem services delivered under the Current spend scenario in England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland are 532m, 38m, 79m and 49m respectively, and 295m, 16m, 34m and 23m for the Increased spend scenario (Table 33). In terms of the English regions, the highest values were found for London ( 487m and 183m for the Current spend and Increased spend scenarios). Again, the high values for London were largely driven by the high values which people in London placed on ecosystem services within their own region. The South West, South East and North West also had reasonably high values. 87

88 Scotland Wales Northern Ireland England North East North West Yorkshire and Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England London South East South West UK (Sum of 12 regions) UK pooled Scotland Wales Northern Ireland England North East North West Yorkshire and Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England London South East South West UK pooled Table 32: Household values ( /household /yr) for the additional ecosystem services delivered through the UK BAP actions by region. Increased spend scenario Within own region Rest of UK Total value Current spend scenario Within own region Rest of UK Total value Table 33: Total values ( m /yr) for the additional ecosystem services delivered through the UK BAP actions by region. Increased spend scenario Within own region Rest of UK Total value Current spend scenario Within own region Rest of UK Total value

89 9.4. Cost benefit analysis A key aim of this research was to assess the ecosystem service benefits associated with the UK BAP to subsequently feed into a cost benefit analysis (CBA) of the UK BAP. It should, however, be noted that it is out with the scope of this study to provide a full CBA of the UK BAP; however, below we do provide an indicative CBA based on our value estimates and a simple interpretation of the costs of the UK BAP. An important question for policy makers is the assessment of the likely value for money of expenditures on three distinct elements of the UK BAP: habitat action plans (HAPs), widespread species action plans (wsaps), single species action plans (ssaps). Details of current levels of spend on these elements of the UK BAP can be found in Buisson and Rayment (26) and Rayment (26) 8. Our analysis allows us to estimate the economic benefit of the ecosystem services delivered by each of these funding streams in terms of both the Current spend scenario and the Increased spend scenario. The analysis of the benefits from HAPs and wsaps are based on the aggregation of the total values for relevant broad habitats, while that of the ssaps is based on the values for the values attained for charismatic species and Non-charismatic species. However, disentangling both the costs and benefits from the three elements of the UK BAP is not always simple. For example, expenditures on a particular habitat might contribute towards both HAP and SAP targets. Further, there is potential to double count both the costs and benefits (Buisson and Rayment, 26; Rayment, 26). In this assessment we do not attempt to completely disentangle the benefits between the three BAP elements, but instead report the potential benefits from each BAP element. In other words, we do not attempt to remove the potential of double counting. We argue that this needs to be undertaken as part of the full cost benefit analysis to ensure that a consistent approach is used to disentangle both the costs and the benefits. As an initial step to feed into the cost benefit analysis, it is possible and useful to first provide a simple comparison of the costs and benefits associated with the different BAP habitats investigated in this report (Table 34). The values of the BAP habitats are based on those reported in Table 31 (for the Increased spend scenario) and Table 32 (for Current spend scenario). The costs mostly come from Table 4.1 of the UK BAP costings report (Rayment, 26). Here we assume that the costings for the Current spend scenario are based on the estimated annual costs of HAPs (25 to 21), while those for the Increased spend scenario are based on the estimated annual costs of HAPs (215 to 22). Also note that the costings report covers a wider set of habitats than examined in this research: we do not estimate values for the marine and fresh water habitats. Finally, the costings reported for the arable field and improved grassland management are based on Table 4.5 of the widespread species costing report (Buisson and Rayment, 26). Unfortunately, the widespread species report only provides one set of predicted costs for these habitats ( 17m / yr for arable land and 79m / yr for improved grassland). Given the absence of other data, we assume that these costs will be relevant for both the Current spend and the Increased spend scenarios; an assumption which is clearly open to question. Across all BAP habitats investigated in this research, the current 469m per annum spend on the UK BAP habitats delivers 1,366m per annum in terms of benefits from ecosystem services (Table 34). This gives an average benefit-cost ratio of 2.91 and a net benefit of 897m per annum (Table 34). However, there is a high degree of variability between habitats. Of the 19 habitats investigated, only 9 habitats achieved higher benefits than costs. The highest benefit-cost ratios for the Current spend scenario was for Blanket bogs (BCR = 16.7), Upland heath (BCR = 9.38), Native woodlands (BCR= 2.8), Purple moorland grass (BCR = 2.52) and Improved grassland (BCR = 2.18). Benefitcost ratios of less than one were attained for Arable margins (BCR =.4), Lowland dry acid grass (BCR =.6), Arable fields (BCR =.7), Lowland calcareous grassland (BCR =.9), Upland hay 8 Since we originally undertook this analysis, Defra have updated their assessments of the costs of the UK BAP (GHK Consulting LTD, 21)). However, in the above analysis, our CBA is based on the original costings work on the UK BAP. 89

90 meadow (BCR =.12), Lowland meadow (BCR =.61), Limestone pavements (BCR =.64), Fens (BCR =.76), Upland calcareous grass (BCR =.8), Lowland raised bogs (BCR =.9) and Wet reedbeds (BCR =.99). In terms of net benefits, the highest net benefits were attained for Blanket bogs ( 57m per year), Native woodland ( 166m per year), Upland heath ( 13m per year), Improved grassland ( 93m per year), and hedgerows ( 41m per year). Negative net benefits were attain for Arable fields (- 1m per year), Arable margins (- 23m per year) and Lowland calcareous grassland (- 9m per year). The equivalent analysis for the Increased spend scenarios indicated that the benefit cost ratio across all BAP habitats = 1.34, with the net benefits = 189m per annum (Table 34). However, under the Increased spend scenario, only four habitats demonstrated benefits greater than costs. These habitats included Blanket bogs (BCR = 5.; net benefits = 24m per annum), Upland heath (BCR = 5.82; net benefits = 78m per annum), Native woodland (BCR = 1.83; net benefits = 65m per annum), and Improved grassland (BCR = 1.15; net benefits = 12m per annum). The lowest values were for Arable fields (BCR =.5; net benefits = - 12m per annum), arable margins (BCR =.2; net benefits = - 33m per annum) and Lowland calcareous grassland (BCR =.6; net benefits = - 12m per annum). 9

91 Arable margins Blanket bog Hedgerows Limestone pavement Lowland calc grass Low dry acid grass Lowland heath Low Hay meadow Purple moor. grass Upland calc grassland Upland hay meadow Upland heath Coastal floodplain Fens Lowland raised bog Wet reed beds Native woodland Arable fields Improved grassland All BAP habitats Table 34: Cost benefit analysis of UK BAP broad habitats Increased spend scenario Value of BAP ( m) Cost of BAP ( m) Benefit-cost ratio Net benefits ( m) Current spend scenario Value of BAP ( m) Cost of BAP ( m) Benefit-cost ratio Net benefits ( m)

92 CBA: Habitat Action Plans. The potential value of the ecosystem services delivered as a direct consequence of expenditure on the Habitat Action Plans (HAPs) was estimated by summing the value of the ecosystem services delivered by 17 of the 19 broad BAP habitats assessed: Arable fields and Improved grassland were not included here since they are not directly designated as BAP habitats. Based on this assessment, it is estimated that the potential benefits from ecosystem services as a direct consequence of current expenditure on the 17 Broad BAP habitats (Current spend scenario) is 1,187m per annum (Table 35). The estimated costs of delivering these HAPs is 283m per annum (based on the BAP costing reports: Buisson and Rayment, 26; Rayment, 26). These figures give an indicative benefit-cost ratio of 4.19 and net benefits of 93m per annum (Table 35). A similar assessment for the Increased spend scenario suggests that the ecosystem services benefits from the HAPs = 651m per annum, while the costs of delivering the HAPs is estimated to be 372m per annum. This gives a benefit-cost ratio of 1.75 and net benefits of 279m per annum CBA: Widespread Species Action Plans. The basis for the assessment of the Widespread Species Action Plans is less clear, particularly in terms of which habitats should be included under the wsaps and HAPs. As a pragmatic solution, we propose two definitions of wsap habitats. The first conservative estimate is based on the key habitats included under agri-environment schemes, namely, Arable fields, Arable margins, Improved grassland, Native woodland and Hedgerows. A wider definition of wsaps includes all of the above plus the more biodiversity-rich grassland habitats, e.g. the calcareous grasslands, the acid grasslands, and the hay meadows. These assumptions are largely consistent with that used by Buisson and Rayment (26) in the widespread species costings report. Turning first to the CBA for the Current spend scenario, the potential benefits associated with wsap actions range from 525m to 529m (depending on the habitats included), while the costs range from 347m to 365m (Table 35). This gives a benefit-cost ratio of between 1.54 and 1.45, and net benefits of between 179m and 163m (Table 35). A similar assessment of the Increased spend scenario suggests that the benefits from extending the wsaps to the new targets would generate between 32m to 35m (depending on the habitats included), while the costs range from 37m to 392m (Table 35). This provides a benefit-cost ratio of between.82 and.78, and a net benefit (cost) of - 68m to - 88m. It should however be stressed that the costs used in this assessment for the Arable fields and Improved grassland habitats were based on current levels of spend on these habitats since no estimates were available of the likely actual costs of wsaps under the Increased spend scenario. Thus, we suggest caution when using the values for Increased spend scenario of the wsaps. It is also worth noting that inclusion of the biodiversity rich grassland habitats has very little overall impact on the CBA of wsaps. The reason for this is that they constitute only a relatively small area of land. It is also worth noting that the inclusion of these habitats tends to reduce the net benefits CBA: Single Species Action Plans. The potential value of the single species SAPs can be assessed directly from our assessment of the total value of the charismatic species and non-charismatic species services under the two BAP scenarios. Thus, the potential value of the single species SAPs under the Current spend scenario is estimated to be 337m per annum (i.e. 254m for charismatic species plus 83m for non-charismatic species: Table 31). Similarly, the value for the Increased spend scenario is estimated to be 217m per annum ( 175m for charismatic species plus 42m for non-charismatic species: Table 3). Unfortunately, these estimates are likely to under-estimate the true value of the ssaps since the coefficient for Non-charismatic species in the rest of the UK choice model was found to be not significant and therefore this value is not included in the above assessment. To correct this, we assume that the relative values between the charismatic and non-charismatic species in the own region choice model is consistent with that for the rest of the UK model. Thus, we estimate that the value of non-charismatic species in the rest of the UK is 132m per annum for the Current spend scenario and 38m per annum for the Increased spend scenario. This brings the total potential value of the ssaps up to 469m per annum for the Current spend and 256m per annum for the Increased spend scenarios. Page 92 of 164

93 It is again stressed that the above values represent the potential value of ssaps and that there is likely to be significant overlap of the cultural species benefits from the ssap with those from the HAPs and wsap. It is therefore recognised that there will be an element of double counting between these elements of the UK BAP, and that this should be considered when interpreting the indicative CBA below. In the indicative CBA, current levels of spend on ssaps ( 22m per annum) comes from the UK BAP costing report (Rayment, 26). The estimate of spend on the Increased spend scenario ( 57m per annum) was estimated by adjusting the 22m cost of protecting 442 species under the Current spend scenario to the 1149 species protected under the Increased spend scenario. Based on these assumptions, the BCR for ssaps under the Current spend scenario is 21.52, with a net benefit of 447m per annum (Table 35). Similarly, the BCR for the Increased spend scenario is 4.49, with net benefits of 198m per annum (Table 35). Table 35: Indicative CBA of the HAPs, Widespread species SAPs, and Single species SAPs. HAPs wsaps (Key habitats) wsaps (Extended habitats) ssaps Value of Increased spend scenario m 32.14m 34.76m m Annual costs of HAPs (215-22) 371.7m 37.4m m 56.7m BC ratio Net benefits m m m 197.9m Value of Current spend scenario m m m 469.1m Annual costs of HAPs (25-21) m m m 21.8m BC ratio Net benefits m m m Caveats to CBA There are a number of caveats that need to be considered when interpreting this analysis. First, the indicative CBA reported above is based on the potential ecosystem service benefits that could be delivered as a direct consequence of the UK BAP. The term potential is used since in this analysis we do not attempt to disentangle any potential double counting between the three elements of HAPs, wsaps and ssaps. Second, the benefit figures are based on the pooled UK sample in the choice experiment (as opposed to aggregating up the values for each region). The benefit of the pooled model is that virtually all of the ecosystem services were significant in the models and therefore included in the analysis: the exception being the Non-charismatic species service in the rest of the UK model. An alternative approach could be to use the values from the regional models. Although this approach would provide a more accurate assessment of the delivery of ecosystem services across the UK, there were many ecosystem services attributes that were not significant in the regional models and therefore were not assigned values. Thus, a regional approach to the benefit assessment is likely to result in significant under-valuation of the benefits. Third, the benefit assessment only includes seven ecosystem service benefits. These seven services were identified in the preliminary work for this research as being the most likely to be valued by the general public. However, there will clearly be other ecosystem services delivered through the BAP and thus our estimates of the benefits are likely to be a conservative estimate. It should also be noted that there may be dis-benefits to some ecosystem services. For example, commercial food production was illustrated to be negatively affected by the UK BAP; particularly in Arable margins, Arable fields, Improved grassland, Upland calcareous grassland and Upland hay meadows (Table 26). These dis-benefits were not accounted for in our benefit assessment. Page 93 of 164

94 Part D: Discussion and Conclusions In this final section of the report, we provide a critique of the research methodology (Section 1). This is followed by a summary of the headline findings from the research, along with some precautionary caveats to the interpretation of the results (Section 11). Page 94 of 164

95 1. Discussion In the previous sections, we have provided estimates of the value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP. In this discussion we provide a critique of the three steps involved in the research protocol (the choice experiment, the weighting matrix and the final aggregation in Step 3 - Sections 1.1, 1.2 and 1.3 respectively) and then undertake a sensitivity analysis of our key findings (Section 1.4) 1.1. Critique of choice experiment In this section we explore whether the CE passes a range of validity tests: content, construct and convergent validity tests (Mitchell and Carson, 1989b) Content validity Content validity is a measure to which the description of the hypothetical market and the environmental good evaluated in the CE questionnaire reflects the true character of that good (Mitchell and Carson, 1989b). Although it is difficult to attain a precise measure of content validity, it is possible to provide evidence to support it. In this study we undertook a number of steps to reduce potential content validity problems. First, the CE questionnaire was developed following consultation with both economic and ecological experts through a series of developmental workshops, a Delphi study, and through consultation with the project steering group: see Christie (28b) for further details. In addition, the questionnaire was also extensively piloted, which included opportunities for respondents to comment on their understanding of the description of the UK BAP, ecosystem service scenarios and the CE choice task. Thus, every effort was made to ensure that the content of the CE questionnaire was accurate, plausible and understandable. Second, the way in which the CE study was administered (i.e. the valuation workshops) provided opportunities to present significantly more information on the environmental good in question than would be possible using standard face-to-face interviews. Further, the workshops provided respondents with time to think about, absorb, reflect and discuss the information presented, which we argue helped to ensure that respondents were fully informed before making their CE choices. In addition, we presented the information on the BAP and ecosystem services through a range of media so as to account for different learning strategies within our sample respondents. All of the above was undertaken to help ensure that respondents were able to accumulate information and thus make informed choices. However, it is also possible that the higher than normal levels of information presented during the workshops could affect respondent s valuations, and in particular lead to constructed preferences (Payne et al., 1999). To explore this, we ran a series of models based on the UK dataset to test for (i) the impacts of respondent s prior knowledge and awareness of the ecosystem services on values and (ii) the impacts of newly acquired information on the values of the services. These tests involved interacting a range of dummy variables relating to respondent s knowledge / information with the ecosystem services attributes. These interaction variables were then included in the CE regression model to test whether the variable had a significant impact on respondent s choices. A summary of the significant interaction variables is reported in Table 36. So, for example, the first row of data in Table 36 suggests that prior knowledge of climate change resulted in these respondents giving a significantly lower coefficient value (-.233) for the No BAP level of the climate change attribute than those respondents with no prior knowledge of climate change. Note that all of the ecosystem service attributes were tested against each of the knowledge and information variables; however, we only show the significant results in Table 36. Respondent s prior knowledge of an ecosystem service and how important the service benefit was to them was determined from responses to Q6. Respondents with prior knowledge of an ecosystem service had significantly lower values for reductions in ecosystems services (No BAP scenarios) and significantly higher values for increases in services provision (Full BAP scenarios) than respondents that had no prior knowledge. A similar pattern was found if the respondents stated that they considered a particular ecosystem service to be important to them. These results suggest that respondent s existing opinions on ecosystem services were important to their valuations. If respondent s knowledge of an ecosystem services changed (increased) during the workshop (determined by comparing the results from Q6 and Q11), this resulted in lower values for No BAP levels of Climate regulation and Charismatic species. Similarly, if the level of importance that a Page 95 of 164

96 respondent placed on an ecosystem service changed (increased) this resulted in higher WTP for those attributes. This suggests that the information presented during the workshop may have influenced people s values of Climate regulation and Charismatic species attributes. However, it is noted that the coefficients for the change interactions were lower than those found in the prior knowledge / importance interactions, indicating that prior knowledge / importance had more influence on respondent s values than changes in knowledge / importance. Generally, information presented during the workshop (tested by comparing values derived before the information set (Q8) with those from after the information set (Q13)) did not affect the values for most ecosystem services. Two exceptions to this included the Climate regulation (Full BAP level) where the valued increased, and the Water regulation where the value declined. Table 36: Effect of knowledge and information on values. Impact of knowledge, importance and information Prior knowledge of attribute Prior importance of attribute Change in respondent s knowledge of ecosystem services Change in respondent s perception of importance of ecosystem services Impact of the information presented during the workshop Ecosystem service attribute and level Coefficient Climate regulation (No BAP level) -.233*** Sense of Place (No BAP level) -.254*** Charismatic species (No BAP level) -.196*** Sense of Place (Full BAP level).187** Climate regulation (No BAP level) -.33*** Water regulation (No BAP level) -.379*** Charismatic species (No BAP level) -.225*** Climate regulation (Full BAP level).348*** Water regulation (Full BAP level).284*** Charismatic species (Full BAP level).367*** Climate regulation (No BAP level) -.14*** Charismatic species (No BAP level) -.84*** Climate regulation (Full BAP level).94*** Charismatic species (Full BAP level).94*** Climate regulation (Full BAP level).17*** Water regulation (Full BAP level) -.38*** A final test of the impact of the information presented during the workshops was undertaken by comparing the consistency of choice model parameters before the information set (Choice Task A) and after the information set (Choice Task B). This was tested using the test of parameter equality (Christie and Azevedo, 29; Swait and Louviere, 1993), where the null hypothesis of parameter equality, i.e. k CE(A) = k CE(B) = k is tested using a likelihood ratio test: [( ) ] where LogL CE(A) and LogL CE(B) represents the value of the log likelihood function from the CE models before and after the information set and LogL CE(A+B) represents the value of the log likelihood function from the pooled A+B model. The LR statistic is distributed asymptotically chi-squared with the number of degrees of freedom equal to the number of parameter common in both models. The LR test statistic was A comparison with the critical value of 25. (p<.5, 15 d.f.) indicates that the null hypothesis of consistency between the CE(A)and CE(B) models cannot be rejected. In other words, the provision of information did not significantly change the attributes in the choice models. The observations reported above provide evidence in support of the content validity. Importantly, there is strong evidence to suggest that the extra information provided during the workshops did not unduly influence the values for the BAP ecosystem services; in other words, the extra information provided through the workshop does not appear to have created constructed preferences. Page 96 of 164

97 Construct validity Construct validity involves assessing the degree to which the findings of a CE study are consistent with theoretical expectations. This is usually tested by regressing respondent choice against the cost attribute, the CE environmental attributes and a range of socio-economic and attitudinal information, and then assessing whether these attributes behave as expected. In our results section (Section 7), we reported a series of CE models that were based on the cost and environmental attributes only. However, a further series of models that also included socio-economic and attitudinal attributes were examined in the research: but not reported here. Generally, these models demonstrated that there was a large degree of variability in terms of which socio-economic attributes were significant in the different regional models. To retain consistency across our analysis (and thus allow direct comparison between regions), our analysis was based on the attributes only models. However, to test for construct validity, it is important to explore how socio-economic and attitudinal attributes affect respondent s choice. Thus, below, we explore construct validity in term of both the attributes only models and the attributes plus socio-economic variables models. Attributes only model. A key test of construct validity is whether the coefficient on the cost attribute is significant and negative. In the attributes only own region CE models the cost attribute was significant (p <.1) and negative across all 12 regions (Table 19), while in the Rest of the UK models, cost was significant (p <.1) and negative in only 8 out of the 12 regions: cost was not significant at p =.1 in the London or East of England models (Table 21). This finding suggests that, generally, respondents considered the cost of options before making their choices: as opposed to making random or arbitrary choices. Most of the ecosystem service attributes were significant and of the expected sign in the UK models (Table 19 and Table 21 respectively for own region and rest of UK ). However, in the regional models (which were based on a smaller sample) there was greater variability in terms of the levels of significance of the ecosystem service attributes. Generally, the Climate regulation, Water regulation and Charismatic species attributes were found to be significant and of the expected sign in most of the regional models, while Wild food and Non-food products were only significant in a couple of regions (Table 19 and Table 21). An interpretation of the lack of significance in some of the ecosystem service attributes is that the respondents did not value these attributes and therefore largely ignored them in their choices. Attributes and socio-economic variables model We also tested a series of models that included a range of socio-economic and attitudinal variables, where these variables were included through interactions with relevant ecosystem services attributes. To illustrate the impact of socio-economic variables on choice, we report the UK own region model in Table 37. As can be seen below, most of the socio-economic interactions meet a priori expectations; which helps to support construct validity: First, it is noted that the basic ecosystems services and cost attributes (not shown in Table 37) were similar to that found in the equivalent UK attributes only model (see above) and were all significant and of the expected sign. Income was generally not found to be a significant determinant of choice: income was only significant when interacted with the cost and the Climate regulation attributes, but had very little impact of values. It is not clear why income was not significant. Respondents who lived in an urban area were more likely to be willing to pay for higher levels of provision of Climate regulation, Water regulation and Wild food, while those that lived in a flood risk area were more likely to choose options that delivered higher Water regulation. Males, older people, and people with a higher level of education generally favoured higher levels of ecosystem services attributes. Being employed, married and living in an urban area meant that respondents were less likely to choose an option with a high cost. Finally, it should be noted that the UK model reported in Table 37 had more significant socio-economic interaction variables than the regional models (not shown here). Further, there was no real consistency across Page 97 of 164

98 the regional models in terms of which socio-economic attributes were significant in the models; which is likely to be a consequence of the smaller sample sizes in these models. Table 37: Choice model for UK sampling including socio-economic attributes. Ecosystem Service Attributes Description Coefficient Wild food interaction Wild food at No BAP level * live in urban area *** Wild food at Full BAP level * live in urban area.86 ** Climate regulation at No BAP level * age -.88 *** Climate regulation at No BAP level * employed *** Climate regulation at No BAP level * higher education *** Climate regulation at No BAP level * studied environment *** Climate regulation at No BAP level * income.*** Climate change interactions Climate regulation at No BAP level * live in urban area -.456*** Climate regulation at Present BAP level * age.17** Climate regulation at Present BAP level * income.** Climate regulation at Present BAP level * live in urban area.983** Climate regulation at Full BAP level * male.3522*** Climate regulation at Full BAP level * higher education.3787*** Water regulation at No BAP level * Male *** Water regulation at No BAP level * Age -.59*** Water regulation at No BAP level * Studied environment *** Water regulation at No BAP level * Live in flood risk area *** Water regulation interactions Water regulation at Present BAP level * Male.893** Water regulation at Present BAP level * Employed.989** Water regulation at Present BAP level * Studied environment.1544*** Water regulation at Present BAP level * Live in urban area.1172*** Water regulation at Present BAP level * Live in flood risk area.1596*** Sense of Place at No BAP level * Age -.56*** Sense of Place interactions Sense of Place at No BAP level * Studied environment *** Sense of Place at Full BAP level * Studied environment.3212*** Charismatic species at No BAP level * Age -.87*** Charismatic species interactions Charismatic species at No BAP level * Employed -.496*** Charismatic species at Full BAP level * Age.71*** Charismatic species at Full BAP level * Employed.2773*** Non-charismatic species interactions Non-charismatic species at No BAP level * Male *** Cost * employed -.41*** Cost interactions Cost * income.*** Cost * couple -.4*** Cost * Live in urban area -.37*** LL choice model LL constants only Chi-square R-sqrd.146 Obs 451 Note that interactions for the Present BAP scenario levels were estimated in a separate model, but are reported here for completeness. Page 98 of 164

99 Convergent validity Convergent validity concerns the correspondence between values estimated in this study with related values attained elsewhere (Mitchell and Carson, 1989a). In this research, we explore both internal convergent validity (by comparing the results from the choice experiment with those from the contingent valuation question), and external convergent validity (by comparing our results with those derived in other policy evaluations). Internal convergent validity test. An internal test of convergent validity was undertaken by comparing the values attained in the choice experiment (see section 7) with those from a contingent valuation (CV) question which was also posed during the workshops. The contingent valuation scenario asked participants, using a discrete choice payment vehicle, how much would you be willing to pay to secure full implementation of the UK BAP across the whole of the UK. Importantly, the CV scenario was based on the description of the ecosystem services used in the choice experiment, i.e. it was assumed that the CV scenario would deliver the full implementation levels of all seven of the UK BAP ecosystem services relative to the No BAP levels: in other words, it covers both the Current spend and Increased spend policy change scenarios. The scope of the CV scenario related to full implementation of the UK BAP across the whole of the UK, i.e. this includes both within respondents own region and the rest of the UK: which were evaluated separately in the CE. Finally, similar to the informed CE (choice set B), the CV question was posed following the provision of the full information set (see Section 4.1). The CV data was analysed using a logit model (Table 38). The dependant variable was a binary variable relating to whether (or not) the respondent chose to accept the CV bid. Independent variables included the CV bid price (which was specified at eight levels ranging from 25 to 6 per annum) and a range of socioeconomic data. As expected, the CV bid price was negative and significant indicating that respondents were less likely to choose a scenario with a higher price. Males, Higher education and Membership of an environmental group were all positive and significant indicating that people in these groups were more likely to choose the CV Full implementation scenario (Table 38). Notably, income was not significant in the models. The logit model can be used to estimate consumer surplus values for the CV scenario, i.e. consumer surplus = β Constant / - β CV Price. Based on this equation, the consumer surplus for the Full BAP CV scenario was estimated to be ± Table 38: Contingent valuation logit model for full implementation of the UK BAP. Ecosystem service attributes Description β coefficient SE Constant CV PRICE Male Higher Education Member of environmental group LL model LL constants only Chi-square p. Psuedo R-square.154 Obs (472) Convergent validity can be tested by comparing the CV value with the equivalent CE value. To recap, the CV study examined the value of Full implementation of the UK BAP (relative to the No BAP scenario) across the whole of the UK. To attain the equivalent scenario change in the CE, four consumer surplus values need to be summed: 491 for Increased spend scenario within the respondents own region for Current spend scenario within own region for Increased spend scenario in the rest of the UK for Current spend scenario in the rest of the UK (Table 2 and Table 23). Thus the equivalent value from the choice experiments is 2725 per annum. Thus, the CE study produces a significantly higher value than the CV study, which suggests a lack of convergent validity between our two studies. Given that we do not know the true value, it is not possible to identify which of these two values is closest to the correct value. Page 99 of 164

100 However, it is possible that the choice experiment value is inflated due to independent valuation and summation (IVS) (Hoehn and Loomis, 1993). External convergent validity tests External convergent validity was tested by comparing the values estimates from our study with those from other related studies (Table 39). Generally, our mean WTP values are within the range of values derived elsewhere (Table 39). However, it should be noted that the good being valued may vary between studies: for example, the Willis and Garrod s (1993) study examined landscape change while this study focused on changes to a range of ecosystem services. Also, the geographical scope of the studies may vary: we attained similar values to those derived in the Hanley et al. (1998), however, our study evaluated a much larger geographical area. These two studies, plus the Bullock and Kay (1997) study suggest that the values derived in our research are lower than those found elsewhere. Perhaps the best study for comparison is the Eftec (26) study on the value of Severely Disadvantaged areas. Similar to our study, they explore percentage changes in ecosystem services at a regional level. Also, it is likely that most of the UK BAP policies that are implemented in the regions examined in the Eftec research are targeted within SDA areas. Thus the construct being valued is similar across the two studies. In terms of the average value attained across all regions, the values derived in this study are all within the range of values derived in the Eftec study. However, the regional comparisons are more varied, with values only overlapping in 2 of the 6 regions. Overall, there is some evidence in support of convergent validity in that the values derived in our UK BAP study are of a similar order of magnitude to that found in other UK studies that have valued related environmental programmes. Table 39: Comparison of values for the UK BAP with values from other environmental programmes. Survey sample Yorkshire and Humber sample, All habitats (756, ha) Scotland: All habitats (4,379, ha) Scotland: All habitats (4,379, ha) Av. all regions North West York. and Humb. West Midlands East Midlands South West South East This study WTP per household per annum (Increased spend scenario) Related study Study Programme evaluated WTP per household per annum Willis and Garrod (1993) Hanley et al. (1998). Bullock and Kay (1997). Eftec (26) Yorkshire Dales National Park (177, ha). A range of landscape changes, from intensive /agricultural to wild / abandoned. Environmentally Sensitive Area: Breadalbane (179,ha) Environmentally Sensitive Area: Scottish Central Southern Uplands. (273,ha) Landscape change in Severely Disadvantaged Areas Av. all regions North West York. and Humb. West Midlands East Midlands South West South East Final comments on the choice experiment The choice experiment aimed to assess the value of the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP. From the outset, it was clear that this would be a challenging exercise, particularly given the complexity and unfamiliarity of the environmental good in question. Further, the desire to implement the study across the 12 UK regions added an additional layer of complexity to the task. To address these challenges, a valuation workshop approach was adopted that provided respondents with more time and information to develop their Page 1 of 164

101 understanding of the UK BAP and associated ecosystem services, and hopefully provide more informed value assessments. The above critique of the CE study was undertaken to provide an assessment of the likely success of this exercise. Content validity was addressed in the developmental phases of the project by involving both ecological experts and members of the general public in the design of the CE study. The valuation workshop approach also helped to ensure that respondents had enough information and time to make informed choices in the CE. A series of tests were undertaken to test the impact of the extra information on choices concluded that the additional information did not unduly affect choice. We therefore conclude that the CE study passes the content validity tests. Construct validity was tested by examining whether the attributes in the CE model met a priori theoretical expectations. In the UK pooled models, the cost, environmental and a range of socio-economic attributes were significant and of the expected sign: thus providing evidence of construct validity. In the regional models, where the samples were smaller, fewer attributes were significant and therefore the case supporting construct validity was weaker. For this reason, only the results from the UK models were used in the final assessment of the value of the UK BAP in Step 3. Finally, convergent validity was tested by comparing the CE results with those from a contingent valuation study and from other studies. The value estimated in the contingent valuation study was lower than those found for the CE, which may suggest that values from the CE are inflated. However, compared to other related studies, the CE value estimates are within the expected range. Overall, there is good evidence to support the validity of the choice experiment Critique of weighting matrix The weighting matrix was undertaken to provide a quantitative assessment of the levels of ecosystem services delivered by different UK BAP habitats under different BAP scenarios. Table 26 summarises the estimated habitat / ecosystem service weighting scores from this exercise. In this section, we provide an assessment of the validity of these weighting scores through a critique of (i) the design of the matrix, (ii) the competence of the experts completing the matrix, and (ii) review of the actual weighting scores Design of weighting matrix A number of design features were incorporated into the weighting matrix to help ensure that the resultant weighting scores were valid and robust. These included: The use of multiple perspectives to the elicitation of weighting scores. Specifically, we utilised both a habitats and an ecosystem service perspective (see Haines-Young and Potschin, 28) to allocate ecosystem services to the various BAP habitats. Not only did this help the experts to think more clearly about the levels of service provision by different habitats, it also helped to ensure that the elicited weighting scores were internally consistent across all habitats and all services. The inclusion of a series of review stages to provide evidence to support (or otherwise) the validity of the resultant weighting scores. These review stages included: o o o A series of feedback loops that required the experts to review and confirm that they were happy with their weighting scores and if not make any necessary adjustments; A series of questions that provided an assessment of the level of confidence that the experts had in the matrix itself; A follow-up workshop in which a range of experts reviewed the entire range of weighting scores, and if necessary suggest modifications to these scores. It was considered that all of these design features were essential for eliciting and importantly validating the weighting scores. Page 11 of 164

102 Review of experts knowledge and confidence in completing the weighting matrix. A second key issue for the validity of the weighting matrix relates to competence of the experts that completed the matrix. Specifically, we explore (i) whether the sample of experts was sufficiently large to provide valid results, (ii) whether the experts were sufficiently knowledgeable about the habitats and ecosystem services, and (iii) whether the experts were happy with their weighting scores. Fifty eight experts completed the weighting matrix: an average of nine experts per habitat. However, the number of responses varied across the habitats (Table 25) with Native woodland, Hedgerows, Lowland meadows and Blanket bogs all receiving a high number of responses (25, 21, 17 and 12 respondents respectively), while the various grassland and arable habitats tended to receive only around five responses each (the minimal target that we set for an individual habitat). A key question here is whether the input from five experts is sufficient to attain robust weighting scores. Evidence presented in Section below will help to answer this question. An assessment of the experts level of knowledge of the BAP habitats, and the BAP action plans was assessed in Step 1 of the matrix. Two-thirds (66.4%) of the experts stated that they have a specialist or good knowledge of their selected habitats, while 49.5% stated that they had a similar level of knowledge of the BAP action plans for those habitats (Table 4). None of the experts stated that they had no knowledge of the habitats or the BAPs. Thus, there is good evidence suggesting that our experts possessed a good knowledge of the habitats examined in the weighting matrix. Unfortunately, we did not collect equivalent data on the expert s knowledge of the various ecosystem services. Table 4: Experts knowledge of BAP habitats. How knowledgeable were respondents regarding the selected habitats? (% of experts) Level of knowledge regarding the BAP action plans of selected habitats? (% of experts) Specialist Gook Knowledge Some Knowledge No Knowledge Total 1 1 Experts were asked (in Step 7, Question 3 of the matrix) to assess whether they felt that the matrix captured the complexity in habitats and ecosystem services (Table 41). A score of 2.8 was attained across all habitats, which suggests that it was acceptable. However, the scores ranged from 2.1 for Native woodland to 3.5 for Lowland calcareous grassland, suggesting that there was some variability in terms of the extent to which the experts felt that the matrix captured the complexity of habitat / ecosystem services. Finally, experts were asked to state how easy the matrix was to use (Step 7, Question 4). Overall, a score of 3.3 was attained across all habitats (a score of 3 indicated that they considered it useable ). Again, there was some variability in the scores ranging from 2.5 for Lowland calcareous grassland and Lowland dry acid grassland to 4. for Purple moor-grassland and Fens (Table 41). Page 12 of 164

103 Table 41: Respondent s critique of the weighting matrix Did the matrix capture the complexity (1 = Not well - 4 = V. well ) How easy was the matrix to use? (1 = V. difficult 5 = V. easy ) Arable margins Upland hay meadows Did the matrix capture the complexity (1 = Not well - 4 = V. well ) How easy was the matrix to use? (1 = V. difficult 5 = V. easy ) Blanket bog Upland heathland Hedgerows Coastal and floodplain grazing marsh Limestone pavement Fens Lowland calcareous grassland Lowland raised bogs Lowland dry acid grassland Wet reedbeds Lowland heathland Native woodland - All Lowland meadows Arable fields Purple moor-grass and rush pastures Improved grassland Upland calcareous grassland Upland hay meadows All habitats In conclusion, the above data provides evidence that suggests that generally the experts completing the matrix were sufficiently knowledgeable of the BAP habitats. Further, they found that the matrix was useable and generally captured the complexity of habitats and ecosystem services. However, there was some variability found between the experts, with some finding it more difficult than others Critique of weighting scores The final step in this critique of the weighting matrix was to comment on the actual weighting scores. This is achieved by (i) exploring the level of consistency within the weighting scores, (ii) through an internal review of the expert s own scores, and (iii) through an external experts validation exercise. Assessment of the level of consistency within the weighting scores First, the consistency of responses to the weighting matrix was explored through a simple test where a mean / SE coefficient was estimated from the weighting scores and compared to the equivalent t-value. Weighting scores that were found to be consistent are highlighted in bold in Table 26. Using the results for the Full implementation scenario, nine of our 19 habitats were found to produce consistent weighting scores across all 1 ecosystem services examined (Blanket bogs, Hedgerows, Lowland heathland, Lowland meadows, Upland heathland, Fens, Lowland raised bogs, Wet reedbeds, Native woodland), while consistent weighting scores were attained for at least eight ecosystems in a further six habitats. What this suggests is that the experts were in general agreement in terms of the levels of ecosystems services delivered by these 15 habitats. The habitats where the experts did not agree weighting scores included Lowland dry acid grassland (no agreement for any ecosystem service), Arable fields (agreement in only one service), Arable margins (agreement for four services) and Upland calcareous grassland (agreement for four services). In all these cases, only five experts provided weighting scores for these habitats. A similar analysis for the Additional service due to BAP scenario, however, produced less favourable results. There was good agreement on the impact of BAP conservation activities on Hedgerows and Native woodland (consistent scores were found for 9 out of the 1 ecosystem services), Lowland meadows (8 services), Limestone pavements, Lowland heathland, Purple moor-grass and rush pasture, and Wet reedbeds (7 services), however, there was no consistency found for any service for Arable margins, Lowland dry acid grassland, Upland hay meadows, Fens or Arable Fields. A similar assessment of consistency of scores by ecosystem service under the Full implementation scenario suggests that consistent scores were found for Commercial food, Water regulation, Water purification, Sense of Place, Charismatic species and Non-charismatic species (in all cases consistent scores were found in 16 of Page 13 of 164

104 the 19 habitats). The lowest consistency scores were found for Wild food and Non-food products (12 habitats). However, as with the habitats, much lower levels of consistency were achieved in the Additional service due to BAP scenario. Water purification, Water regulation, Charismatic species and Noncharismatic species all achieved consistent score in ten or more habitats, while Commercial food only achieved consistent scores in two habitats and Pollination in five habitats. Although the reason for inconsistent weighting scores is unclear, it is hypothesised that inconsistency may be the result of: the low number of data points; poor knowledge of the levels of services delivered by a particular habitat; different interpretations of BAP scenarios (for example, withdrawal of the UK BAP could result in either over or under grazing of grassland habitats). A lack of consistency therefore may not necessarily indicate bad results, but may simply reflect the variability in service delivery from a particular habitat. We thus demonstrate this variability through measuring the standard deviations of our weighting scores. The variability does, however, have implications for the transferability of our results to other context. We therefore advise readers to also consult the wider literature and perhaps undertake field trials to determine the levels of ecosystem services delivered by their particular habitat. The low levels of consistency found for the Additional services due to BAP scenarios is, however, a concern for this research in that these scores that are utilised in Step 3 to estimate the value of the services delivered by the BAP conservation activities. Any variability or uncertainty with the weighting scores will lead to issues in the final value assessment. Expert s assessment of own weighting scores The validity of the weighting scores was also assessed by asking the experts who completed the matrix to provide an assessment of their level of confidence in their own weighting scores (Step 7, Question 1 of the matrix), and their confidence in the estimates from all respondents (Question 2). This assessment was undertaken using a likert scale ranging from 1 = Not confident to 5 = Very confident. In terms of the respondent s confidence in their own weighting scores, the average level of confidence across all BAP habitats was 3.3 (which suggests that the experts were between reasonably confident and confident ) (Error! Reference source not found.). Generally, the experts were more confident of their estimates for rovisioning services (average score = 3.4) than regulating and cultural services (both scoring 3.3). There was also some variability between habitats. Generally, the experts felt more confident in their assessments of Fens, Lowland raised bogs and Wetland reeds (all scoring about 4 Confident ), while Lowland calcareous grassland, Blanket bogs and Hedgerows received scores of 2.5, 2.8 and 2.9 respectively. The results for the level of confidence that experts had for the scores derived from all respondents were similar to the above (Table 42). Page 14 of 164

105 Table 42: Respondent s confidence in the weighting scores How confident are you that your estimates are a reasonable representation of the habitats / ecosystem services weighting scores? (1 = Not confident 5 = Very confident ) Provisioning Regulation Cultural Generally Services Services Services How confident are you that the average estimates from all respondents will be a reasonable representation of the habitats / ecosystem services weighting scores? (1 = Not confident 5 = Very confident ) Generally Provisioning Services Regulation Services Arable margins Blanket bog Hedgerows Limestone pavement Lowland calcareous grassland Lowland dry acid grassland Lowland heathland Lowland meadows Purple moor-grass and rush pastures Upland calcareous grassland Upland hay meadows Upland heathland Coastal and floodplain grazing marsh Fens Lowland raised bogs Wet reedbeds Native woodland - All Arable fields Improved grassland All habitats Cultural Services External assessment of weighting scores Finally, a follow-up workshop comprising ecological experts was held to review and comment on weighting scores. The following lists some of the key comments / issues raised during this review workshop: The experts generally appreciated that there was a need to run an exercise that assessed the level of ecosystem services delivered by different BAP habitats. They also recognized that the task was likely to be challenging, particularly given current gaps and uncertainties in the scientific knowledge on habitat / ecosystem service interactions. There was general agreement that the weighting matrix was a useful and appropriate tool to eliciting this information and that the matrix was fit for purpose in terms of the needs of this study. However, there was some concern expressed that the weighting matrix was too simplistic in terms of identifying the range of potential impacts of the BAP on the delivery of ecosystem services. For example, the withdrawal of the BAP could result in either under or over grazing of grassland habitats which could have very different impacts on the delivery of ecosystem services. Given that the matrix only allowed a single weighting score to be derived, concern was expressed that the finer detail of the range of impacts would not always be captured by the matrix and therefore some of the weighting scores could be misleading. As a result, some experts expressed concern regarding the wider use of the weighting scores as a definitive assessment of the contribution of habitats to the delivery of ecosystem services. There was also some concern from the experts that they did not know enough about the habitats / ecosystem services interactions to allow them to accurately contribute to the weighting matrix. Page 15 of 164

106 However, it was recognized that having a range of experts complete the matrix would help to address this concern. Related to the above was the concern that the matrix had only been completed by BAP coordinators and not by ecosystem service experts or members of the research community. There was some concern expressed about asking experts to judge sense of place because sense of place was considered to reflect personal preferences rather than scientific fact, and thus the weighting scores for this service may simply reflect the personal (potentially biased) preferences of the experts. A final concern expressed was that the matrix utilises a social science solution to what is essentially a scientific issue and the concern is that this is a major departure from existing practice. However, we would like to rebut this concern by arguing that we had solid ground for undertaking a social survey approach to this research (see Section 2.2.1) and that similar approaches have since been used elsewhere (Hutchison, 21; Maynard, 21). Further, to quote one of the external reviewers In the absence of empirical research (which I know is mostly lacking) this is probably one of the most useful approaches for quantifying potential service delivery from a range of habitats. A literature review (or systematic review) would have been unlikely to reveal enough evidence on which to make this assessment. Convergent validity of weighting scores A final step in testing the validity of our weighting scores was to compare our results with established data on the levels of ecosystem services delivered by different habitats. Unfortunately, such a comparison is not straight forward. First there is only a limited amount of robust data that exists on the levels of ecosystems services delivered by different habitats. Second, where data is available, it is not necessarily relevant to the UK BAP context. Third, there is currently uncertainty in much of the existing data, and therefore it is difficult to identify which data is correct. Finally, our weighting matrix did not access actual levels of ecosystem service provision, but instead provided a measure of the relative levels of service provision across habitats. Thus, a direct comparison is not possible. However, we were able to test whether the relative levels of service provision are consistent with current data. Given the difficulties of making this comparison and the lack of data for many of our ecosystem services, we only make a comparison for the climate regulation service. The reason for this is that (i) climate regulation has better data at the habitat level than any of the other services, and (ii) that climate regulation was the most highly valued service in our study. Literature on the levels of carbon sequestration by different habitats is review in Section 14.3 in the appendix. In Table 43, we compare this external data (expressed in terms of t CO2e Ha-1 yr-1 sequestered) with the weighting scores from our matrix (expressed in terms of a relative score between and 1). In both cases, we report this data for four broad categories of habitats: bogs and heath, woodland, grassland and crop. In Table 43, we report the mean value from the available data and the range of possible values. Based on this comparison, it is clear that the rank order is consistent across the two datasets, with woodland sequestering most carbon and crops the least. The weighting matrix, however, does not appear to capture the large differences in levels of carbon sequestration between woodlands and Bogs and heaths. Thus, we conclude that there is some evidence supporting the results of the weighting matrix for the climate regulation service, but that the matrix may not be able to pick up some of the fine detail. Table 43: Comparison of levels of carbon sequestration: weighting matrix vs existing literature. Data source External data (t CO 2 e Ha -1 yr -1 ) WM weighting scores (Relative score: 1) Woodland Bogs and heath Grassland Crop ( ) ( ).782 (.562) (.122) (.36) Page 16 of 164

107 Finally comments on the weighting matrix The weighting matrix was designed as a social survey tool for gathering information on the relative levels of ecosystem services delivered by different UK BAP habitats. The key reasons for choosing this approach, as opposed to a review of literature, was that: (i) there are currently many gaps and uncertainty in the literature; and (ii) most of the available literature is unlikely to be specifically targeted to the context of this research i.e. the UK BAP. Eliciting expert knowledge was considered to be a relative efficient approach to addressing these knowledge gaps. Given the above, we argue that our matrix was appropriate and fit for purpose given the remit of this study. Feedback from our expert review group concur with this argument. Based on the evidence presented above, we argue that: (i) the experts who completed the matrix were sufficiently knowledgeable to competently complete the task (although some reviewers argued that a wider range of experts could have been sampled); (ii) the resultant weighting scores were generally consistent across the experts; (iii) the standard deviations in the scores generally captured likely variations in service delivery by a particular habitat; and (iv) that the range of scores across the different habitats and services generally met expectations. However, there were concerns regarding some of the weighting scores. In particular, there was a lack of consistency in the weighting score for the Additional services due to the BAP. This finding is of concern since it is these findings that are used in Step 3 to calculate the overall value of UK BAP conservation activities. However, it was also clear from the discussions held during the validation workshop that current knowledge on how BAP conservation activities affect the delivery of ecosystem services is general poor and that it would be difficult to provide clear evidence on this without undertaking field experiments (which was out with the scope of this research). Thus, the lack of consistency found in the weighting matrix for the Additional services due to BAP may simply reflect current gaps and uncertainty in knowledge rather than represent flaws in the methodology. However, this does have consequence of the interpretation of our research results. The validation workshop also identified a number of cases where there may be issues with individual weighting scores. These include inconsistent scores were attained for the Lowland dry acid grassland, Arable fields, Arable margins and Upland calcareous grassland habitats: it is thought that these inconsistent scores were the result of a low sample size. To conclude, the weighting matrix administered for this research is arguable one of the most comprehensive reviews of the relative levels of ecosystem service delivered across a range of habitats undertaken to date. We argue that the matrix was generally (but not always) successful in achieving its objectives. However, there are some concerns relating to the results for the Additional services due to BAP which may have implications for our final valuation assessment in Step 3. Also, our results might not be directly transferable to other specific contexts. We therefore advise readers to also consult the wider literature and perhaps undertake field trials to determine the levels of ecosystem services delivered by their particular habitat Critique of Step 3 In Step 3, data from the choice experiment and the weighting matrix were combined to provide an estimation of the overall value of the ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP. Clearly, these aggregate values will only be valid if the data from which the aggregation is based is robust. In the critique of the choice experiment and the weighting matrix (Sections 1.1 and 1.2 above), it was concluded that both these data sources were, in general terms, robust. However, the critique also identified a number of areas where there were issues with the data. Below, we explore how these issues might affect the aggregation undertaken in Step Insignificant attribute coefficients in the choice experiment Accurate estimates of the value of ecosystem service attributes can only be attained from the choice experiment if both the ecosystem service attribute and the cost attribute are significant in the choice models. However, this was not always the case with our data: Non-charismatic species was not significant in the pooled UK dataset for the Rest of the UK (Table 21); Cost was not significant in the London or East of England Rest of UK CE models (Table 21); Page 17 of 164

108 29% of the ecosystem service attributes were not significant in the regional models for Own region (Table 19), while 6% of the attributes were insignificant in the Rest of the UK regional dataset (Table 21) In most of our analysis, we have assumed that insignificant ecosystem service attributes were not valued by respondents and therefore not included in the aggregation of the results. This stance can, in part, be justified if it is assumed that respondents ignored ecosystem services that they considered not to be important to them. However, there may be other reasons why an attribute might be insignificant in the CE model including: small sample sizes; and heterogeneity of values within the sample. Indeed, small sample size is likely to contribute to the lack of significance of attributes in the regional models. Unfortunately, data was not collated to identify the true reason for insignificant attributes. The consequence of not including insignificant attributes is that our aggregated results are likely to under-estimate the true value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP. A number of steps were undertaken to address this issue. First, to overcome the low level of significant attributes in the regional models, the analysis for the UK as a whole was based on the UK pooled choice models (in which the majority of attributes were significant) as opposed to aggregating the regional models (where many more attributes were insignificant). Thus, this helped to ensure that the majority of ecosystem services were included in our aggregation. The exception was the Non-charismatic species attribute in the rest of the UK model. Thus, the value of this service is not included in the aggregation of the pooled UK data set (Table 3, Table 31, Table 33). However, for the cost benefit analysis, an adjustment was made to account for this missing value (see section 9.4.3). In terms of the regional models (Section 9.3) no adjustments have been made, and therefore these regional values are likely to provide an under-estimate of the true value of services delivered by the UK BAP in specific regions Uncertainty in the weighting matrix Although there is good evidence in support of the weighting matrix (Section 1.2), a number of concerns were raised about the validity of the some of the weighting scores. Perhaps of most concern was the lack of consistency in the weighting scores for the Additional services due to BAP. The concern here was that it is these scores that are used in Step 3 in the final value assessment. However, it should be noted that a lack of consistency may not necessarily mean that the results are inherently wrong; but may simply reflect the uncertainties surrounding the impacts of BAP conservation activities on service delivery. Indeed, feedback from the validation workshop suggests that, generally, the results appear valid. Thus, although we recognise that there are concerns about this data, it is likely that these weighting scores are a reasonable reflection of current knowledge. Second, a number of concerns were raised about the validity of some of the individual weighting scores. These included the scores of a number of habitats that were based on a small number of respondents (i.e. some of the grassland and arable habitats). We therefore suggest caution in the interpretation of the aggregate values for these habitats Representativeness of the survey sample A final issue for aggregation relates to whether the CE survey sample was representative of the wider UK population to allow aggregation. Evidence reported in Section 7.1 indicates that our survey sample across the UK was generally representative of the UK population; a notable exception was that our sample included a higher proportion of more educated people. The analysis reported in Table 37 indicates that these people tended to favour the higher levels of provision of Climate change and Water regulation services. Thus, our reported valuation may slightly over-estimate of the value of these ecosystem services. There was less evidence to support the representativeness of our regional samples. In part, this was due to the smaller sample sizes. The consequence of this is that there are potential issues regarding our results at the regional level. Further, we avoid any potential problems associated with aggregating the regional models to represent the UK by only reporting UK values that are based on the UK CE models. Page 18 of 164

109 1.4. Sensitivity analysis Table 44 reports the sensitivity surrounding the UK pooled choice experiment consumer surplus values for the Increased spend and Current spend UK BAP scenarios. Included in the table are the estimates of the consumer surplus values for each of the seven ecosystem services, and the standard error, upper and lower bounds of these estimates. Also included in the last column is a % sensitivity value that was estimated by standard error / consumer surplus * 1%. The overall value of the Increased spend scenario ranges from 42 per household per year to 563 per household per year, while that of the Current spend scenario ranges from per household per year. This respectively represents 14.6% and 8.9% percentage sensitivity. In terms of individual services, Non food products and wild food were the most sensitive in percentage terms (3.7% and 28.1% respectively in the Increased spend scenario, and 16.6% and 1.2% respectively in the Current spend scenario), while the lowest levels of sensitivities were found for the climate regulation, water regulation and charismatic species services. It is worth highlighting that the services with the lowest sensitivities are those that are most highly valued. Table 44: Sensitivity analysis of CE consumer surplus values. Increased spend scenario ( / household / yr) Consumer surplus Standard error Lower bound Upper bound % sensitivity Wild Food Non-food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Charismatic species Non-charismatic species All services Current spend scenario ( / household / yr) Wild Food Non-food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Charismatic species Non-charismatic species All services The standard errors from the choice models were also incorporated into the analysis of the overall value of the UK BAP. The results from this sensitivity analysis are reported in Table 45. Overall the value of ecosystem services associated Increased spend scenario range from 654m to 838m per annum (mean 749m), while that for the Current spend scenario range from 1259m to 1472m per annum (mean = 1365m). The range of values of the individual ecosystem services can be found in Table 45. Page 19 of 164

110 Table 45: Sensitivity analysis of aggregate values for the UK BAP. Increased spend scenario ( m / yr) Mean value of ecosystem services Standard error Lower bound Upper bound Wild Food Non-food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Charismatic species Non-charismatic species All services Current spend scenario ( m / yr) Wild Food Non-food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Charismatic species Non-charismatic species All services Page 11 of 164

111 11. Conclusions This study has aimed to estimate the economic value of changes in biodiversity and associated ecosystem services which will result from the delivery of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (UK BAP. Specific objectives include: 1. To assess the marginal value of ecosystem services associated with the UK BAP; 2. To assess the levels of ecosystem services delivered by different UK BAP habitats; 3. To assess the marginal value of the UK BAP conservation activities: a. across the UK as a whole; b. within different regions of the UK; c. across different BAP habitats and species. Each of these objectives were respectively addressed within a three step valuation protocol. Step 1 of the research protocol involved the use of a choice experiment that aimed to assess the marginal economic value for seven ecosystem services associated with the UK BAP. An innovative aspect of the choice experiment was the use of valuation workshops which provided survey respondents with time and space to collect, discuss and reflect on detailed information on the UK BAP and associated ecosystem services. Further, the choice experiment was designed to allow values to be examined separately across 12 UK regions, as well as the UK as a whole. Step 2 of the research protocol involved the use of a weighting matrix which required ecological experts to allocated a range of ecosystem services to broad BAP habitats, as well as indicate the impact that BAP conservation activities had on the delivery of services. Finally, Step 3 drew on the two earlier steps to provide a range of estimates of the value of the UK BAP. Specifically, we were interested in two policy relevant scenarios: Increased spend scenario: The marginal change in the value of ecosystem services delivered by UK BAP habitats from the current situation to the situation where the UK BAP is fully implemented (i.e. Full BAP CE scenarios Present BAP CE scenario); Current spend scenario: The marginal change in the value of ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP habitats from the current situation to the situation of no further funding of the UK BAP (i.e. Present BAP CE scenario No BAP CE scenario) Headline results The headline results from this research are as follows: The marginal total economic value of the ecosystem services directly attributed to UK BAP conservation activities across the UK as a whole were 1365m per annum (range: 1259m 1472m) for the Current spend scenario, and 746m per annum (range: 654m 838m) for the Increased spend scenario. The Increased spend scenario was most highly valued in London ( 183.m per annum), Scotland ( 159.6m per annum) and the South East ( 74.m per annum). Lowest values were found in the East of England, Northern Ireland, West Midland and the North East (Table 46). The Highest values for the Current spend scenario were found in London ( 486.8m per annum), Scotland ( 38.7m per annum) and the South West ( 113.m per annum). Lowest values were found in the East of England, East Midlands, Northern Ireland, and the North East (Table 46). In the Increased spend scenario, people had similar values for the BAP in their own region and in the rest of the UK. However, in the Current spend scenario higher values were attained for the rest of the UK (Table 46). In both the Increased spend and Current spend scenarios, water regulation services ( 168m and 413m respectively) and climate regulating services ( 163m and 413m respectively) were most Page 111 of 164

112 Scotland Wales Northern Ireland England North East North West Yorkshire and Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England London South East South West UK (All respondents) highly valued (Table 47). Wild food and non-food products tended to attain the lowest vales (Table 47). Under the Increased spend scenario, the habitats that deliver the highest value of ecosystem services included Blanket bog ( m / yr), Native woodland ( m / yr), Upland heath ( 94.58m / yr), Improved grassland ( 9.66m / yr), and hedgerows ( 62.5m / yr). (Table 48). In the Current spend scenario, Blanket bog ( 67.48m / yr), Native woodland ( m / yr), Improved grassland ( m / yr), Upland heath ( ) and Hedgerows ( m / yr) produced the highest value services (Table 48). Estimates are also made of the value of the different components of the UK BAP: o The combined value of the 17 broad Habitat Action Plans was estimated to be 1,186m per annum for the Current spend scenario and 651m per annum for the Increased spend scenario; o The value of the widespread Species Action Plans was estimated to be between 525m - 528m per annum for the Current spend scenario and between 32m - 34m per annum for the Increased spend scenario. o The value of the single Species Action Plans was estimated to be 469m in the Current spend scenario and 254m per annum in the Increased spend scenario. Table 46: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by region. Increased spend scenario Within own region Rest of UK Total value Current spend scenario Within own region Rest of UK Total value Table 47: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by ecosystem service. Ecosystem service Increased spend scenario ( m per annum) Current spend scenario ( m per annum) Wild Food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of Place Charismatic species Non-Charismatic species Total Page 112 of 164

113 Table 48: Headline results on the value of the UK BAP by habitat BAP habitat Increased spend scenario ( m per annum) Current spend scenario ( m per annum) Arable margins BAP habitat Upland hay meadow Increased spend scenario ( m per annum) Current spend scenario ( m per annum).2.3 Blanket bog Upland heath Hedgerows Coastal floodplain Limestone pavement Fens Low calc grassland.8.88 Lowland raised bog Low dry acid grass Wet reed beds Lowland heath Native woodland Low Hay meadow Arable fields Purple moor. grass Improved grassland Upland calc grass All BAP Habitats Caveats The research reported above represents one of the most detailed ecosystems valuation studies undertaken in the UK to date, particularly in terms of it s coverage of a wide range of habitats and ecosystem services, as well as across 12 UK regions. Furthermore, all the data was collated using a standard research protocol, which means that the data is, at minimum, internally consistent, thus allowing robust relative comparisons of values across habitats, services and regions. However, there are a number of caveats to the use of this data, both in terms of the scope of the study and in the robustness of the value estimates. These are summarised below. Scope of study Although this study aims to provide a comprehensive assessment of the value of the UK BAP, it is important to recognise the assumptions and limitations associated with the study: The study only evaluates the benefits associated with a limited range of ecosystem services associated with the UK BAP. Seven ecosystem services were selected for inclusion in the study on the basis that they were (i) representative of the range of possible provisioning, regulation and cultural services and (ii) valued by members of the public. However, these seven services do not cover all of the possible services delivered by the UK BAP. For example, we do not include commercial food or pollination services in our study. Only non-market services are evaluated in the study. In the study we do not attempt to evaluate the benefits from marketed goods and services such as commercial food production. Indeed, it is likely that the UK BAP may reduce the levels of provision of these services. Our study is based on public valuations of ecosystem services. In other words, our study is solely based on the values derived from an empirical choice experiment that was administered specifically for this study. We do not attempt to utilise value transfer to feed in value estimates from other studies or utilise other market-based values for services, e.g. we do not utilise the shadow price of carbon to evaluate climate regulation services. Robustness of value estimates. In this study we aimed to develop a research protocol that would generate robust value estimates. Although we believed that we were largely successful in this (See Section 1), there are a number of outstanding issues that affect the robustness of the results and therefore are highlighted again here. In the choice experiment, valuation data was collected at the UK level and across 12 UK regions. Generally, the data from the UK sample was found to be robust (the only ecosystem services that was found to be insignificant in the CE models was the non-charismatic species attribute in the rest of the UK scenario). However, in the regional model (where the sample size was smaller), many of Page 113 of 164

114 the ecosystem service attributes were insignificant in the CE models. The consequence of which was that we were unable to attain values for these services and therefore the regional values are likely to be under-estimates of the true value of delivered services. We therefore advise the reader caution in the interpretation of the regional models. Most of the results presented in this report are based on the UK sample and therefore are generally robust. In the weighting matrix, some concerns were raised in terms of the robustness of some of the habitat / ecosystem services weighting scores. In particular, there were concerns about the robustness of weighting scores for the Additional services due to BAP, which are used to determine the final aggregate values. Also, some of the grassland and arable habitats only received a limited number of responses and therefore these scores may be open to question. Finally, it should be stressed that the weighting scores represent a somewhat simplistic measure of the impact of the UK BAP on the delivery of services, and therefore we advise caution in the use and interpretation of our weighting scores. Page 114 of 164

115 12. References AEA Energy and Environment, 26. UK Emissions of Carbon Dioxide, Methane and Nitrous Oxide by National Communication Source Category. Defra, London. Alvarez-Farizo, B., Hanley, N., 26. Improving the process of valuing non-market benefits: Combining citizens' juries with choice modelling. Land Economics 82, Barbier, E.B., 27. Valuing ecosystems as productive inputs. Economic Policy, Bech, M., Gyrd-Hansen, D., 25. Effects coding in discrete choice experiments. Health Economics 14, Blamey, R.K., James, R.F., Smith, R., Niemeyer, S., 2. Citizens' Juries and Environmental Value Assessment. Australian National University, Canberra. Brainard, J., Bateman, I.J., Lovett, A.A., 28. The social value of carbon sequestered in Great Britain's woodlands. Ecological Economics In Press, Doi:1.116/j.ecolecon BRIG, 26. Revised Habitat Action Plan Targets 26, in: Group, U.B.R.I. (Ed.). Natural England (UK Biodiversity Reporting Information Group), Peterborough. Broadmeadow, M., Matthews, R., 23. Forests, Carbon and Climate Change: the UK Contribution. Forestry Commission,, Edinburgh. Buisson, R., Rayment, M., 26. UK Biodiversity Action Plan: Preparing Costings for Species and Habitat Action Plans: Costing Habitat Action for Widespread Countryside Species. Defra, London. Bullock, C., Kay, J., Preservation and change in the upland landscape: The public benefits of grazing management. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management 4, Christie, M., Azevedo, C.D., 29. Testing the Consistency Between Standard Contingent Valuation, Repeated Contingent Valuation and Choice Experiments. Journal of Agricultural Economics 6, Christie, M., Fazey, I., Cooper, R., Hyde, T., Deri, A., Hughes, L., Bush, G., Brander, L., Nahman, A., de Lange, W., Reyers, B., 28a. An Evaluation of Economic and Non-economic Techniques for Assessing the Importance of Biodiversity to People in Developing Countries. Defra, London. Christie, M., Fazey, I., Hyde, T., 28b. Economic Valuation of the Benefits of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan: Phase 1 report. Defra, London. Christie, M., Hanley, N., Warren, J., Murphy, K., Wright, R., Hyde, T., 26. Valuing the diversity of biodiversity. Ecological Economics 58, Costanza, R., d'arge, R., de Groot, R., Farber, S., Grasso, M., Hannon, B., Limburg, K., Naeem, S., O'Neill, R.V., Paruelo, J., Raskin, R.G., Sutton, P., van den Belt, M., The value of the world's ecosystem services and natural capital. Nature 387, Costanza, R., Ruth, M., Using dynamic modelling to scope environmental problems and build consensus. Environmental Management 22, Daily, g.c., Nature's Services. Societal Dependence on Natural Ecosystems. Island Press, Washington, D.C., p Defra, 27. An introductory guide to valuing ecosystem services. Defra, London. Eftec, 26. Economic Valuation of Environmental Impacts in the Severely Disadvantaged Areas. Defra, London. European Commission, German Ministry for the Environment, 28. TEEB - The Economics of Ecosystems and Biodiversity: An interim report. European Communities, Brussels. Evans, E., Ashley, R., Hall, J., Pening-Rowsell, E., Saul, A., Sayers, P., Thorne, C., Watkinson, A., 24a. Foresight. Future Flooding. Scientific summary: Volume I - Future risk and their drivers. Office of Science and Technology., London. Evans, E., Ashley, R., Hall, J., Penning-Rowsell, E.C., Saul, A., Sayers, P., Thorne, C., Watkinson, A., 24b. Foresight. Future Flooding. Scientific Summary: Volume II - Managing future risks. Office of Science and Technology, London. Ferrini, S., Scarpa, R., 27. Designs with a priori information for nonmarket valuation with choice experiments: A Monte Carlo study. Journal of Environmental Economics and Management 53, GHK Consulting Ltd., 26. UK Biodiversity Action Plan: Preparing Costings for Species and Habitat Action Plans. Defra, London. GHK Consulting LTD., 21. Costs of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan - Update. Defra, London. Haines-Young, R., Potschin, M., 28. England's Terrestrial Ecosystem Services and the Rationale for an Ecosystem Approach: Full Technical Report. DEFRA, London. Haines-Young, R., Potschin, M., Fish, R., Somper, C., 27. The Ecosystem Concept and the Identification of Ecosystem Goods and Services in the English Policy Context - A Review Paper. Defra, London. Page 115 of 164

116 Haines-Young, R.H., Barr, C.J., Black, H.I.J., Briggs, D.J., Bunce, R.G.H., Clarke, R.T., Cooper, A., Dawson, F.H., Firbank, L.G., Fuller, R.M., Furse, M.T., Gillespie, M.K., Hill, R., Hornung, M., Howard, D.C., McCann, T., Morecroft, M.D., Petit, S., Sier, A.R.J., Smart, S.M., Smith, G.M., Stott, A.P., Stuart, R.C., Watkins, J.W., 2. Accounting for nature: assessing habitats in the UK countryside. DETR, London. Hanley, N., MacMillan, D., Wright, R.E., Bullock, C., Simpson, I., Parsisson, D., Crabtree, B., Contingent valuation versus choice experiments: estimating the benefits of environmentally sensitive areas in scotland. Journal of Agricultural Economics 49, Hargreaves, J.K., Milne, R., Cannell, M.G.R., 23. Carbon balance of afforested peatland in Scotland. Forestry 76, Heal, G.M., Barbier, E.B., Boyle, K.J., Covich, A.P., Gloss, S.P., Hershner, C.H., Hoehn, J.P., Pringle, C.M., Polasky, S., Segerson, K., Shrader-Frechette, K., 25. Valuing Ecosystem Services:Toward Better Environmental Decision Making. The National Academies Press, Washington DC. Hoehn, J.P., Loomis, J.B., Substitution Effects in the Valuation of Multiple Environmental Programs. Journal of Environmental Economics and Management 25, Hutchison, L., 21. Prioritization of Habitat Management Areas Using Stakeholder Analysis of Ecosystem Services within a GIS Framework, A Community on Ecosystem Services, Pheonix, Arizona. IUCN, 24. How Much is an Ecosystem Worth? World Bank Lichtenstein, S., Slovic, P., 26. The Construction of Preference. Cambridge University Press, New York. MacMillan, D., Hanley, N., Lienhoop, N., 26. Contingent valuation: Environmental polling or preference engine? Ecological Economics 6, Maynard, S., 21. Valuing Ecosystem Services through Participatory Processes for Policy and Planning in Southeast Queensland, A Community on Ecosystem Services, Pheonix, Arizona. MEA, 25. Millennium Ecosystem Assessment. Ecosystems and Human Well-being. Island Press, Washington D.C. Millennium Ecosystem Assessment, 25. Ecosystems and Human Well-being: Synthesis. A report of the Millennium Ecosystem Assessment. Island Press, Washington, D.C.. Mitchell, R.C., Carson, R.T., 1989a. Using Surveys to Value Public Goods: The Contingent Valuation Method. Resources for the Future, Washington, D.C. Mitchell, R.C., Carson, R.T., 1989b. Using surveys to value public goods: the contingent valuation method. Resources for the Future, Washington D.C. Moors for the Future Partnership, 27. Peak District Moorland Carbon Flux: Research Note No. 12, Research Note No. 12. Moors for the Future Partnership, Edale. Payne, J.W., Bettman, J.R., Schkade, D.A., Measuring Constructed Preferences: Towards a Building Code. Journal of Risk and Uncertainty 19, Rayment, M., 26. UK Biodiversity Action Plan: Preparing Costings for Species and Habitat Action Plans. Defra, London. Sayers, P., Calvert, M., 27. National Flood Risk Assessment for Northern Ireland: Flooding mapping strategy. Rivers Agency, Belfast. Sayers, P., Panzeri, M., Ohl, C., Segura-Dominguez, S., Benwell, D., Deakin, R., Bodilly, A., Bowley, S., Chatterton, J., 23. Chapter 3: National Flood risk assessment for England and Wales, Foresight Flod and Coastal Defence Project: Phase 2. Foresight, London. Swait, J., Louviere, J., The role of the scale parameter in the estimation and comparison of multinomial logit models. Journal of Marketing Research 3, TEEB, 21. The Economics of Ecosystems and Biodiversity: Mainstreaming the Economics of Nature: A synthesis of the approach, conclusions and recommendations of TEEB. Progress Press, Malta. The Scottish Government, 28. A framework document outlining sustainable flood risk management in Scotland. The Scottish Government, Edinburgh. UK BAP, 28. Evidence for the selection of priority species., 2 Oct 28 ed. UK BAP. Van den Belt, M.J., Deutch, L., Jansson, A., A consensus-based simulation model for management in the Patagonia coastal zone. Ecological Modeling 11, Watkinson, A., 23. Assessment of environmental impacts of future flood risk., in: Evan, E. (Ed.), Foresight Flood and Coastal Defence Project - Overview of Phase 2. Government Office for Science, London. Williams, J.M., 26. Common Standards Monitoring for Designated Sites: First Six Year Report. JNCC, Peterborough. Page 116 of 164

117 Willis, K.G., Garrod, G.D., Valuing Landscape: a Contingent Valuation Approach. Journal of Environmental Management 37, Worrall, F., Burt, T., Adamson, J., 24. Can climate change explain increases in DOC flux from upland peat catchments? Sci. Total Environ. 326, Page 117 of 164

118 Appendix In this appendix we attach (i) the instructions for completing the weighting matrix and (ii) the interviewer script for the valuation workshops. A copy of the actual weighting matrix and all of the other material for valuation workshop (including the films, information sets etc) can be found on the project website: Page 118 of 164

119 Ecosystem services 13. Selection of the UK BAP factual and counter-factual scenarios. In section 3.2 of the report, we argued that the valuation exercise should be based on three UK BAP scenarios: Scenario A Full implementation of the new BAP targets which was used as the factual policy-on scenario, while Scenarios C Present BAP and D No further BAP spend were used to present two counter-factual policy-off scenarios. These three scenarios were selected from five possible scenarios: see Figure 6. Below, we provide further detail of each of these five potential scenarios and the arguments for selecting the three scenarios for this study. SCENARIOS A: Full delivery of new UK BAP targets ( Full implementation ) B: Continuation of current level of BAP spend C: BAP spend to maintain current levels of ecosystem services ( Present BAP ) D: UK with BAP, but no further spend ( No further BAP spend ) E: UK without the BAP Time Figure 6: Possible scenarios for the future of UK BAP and their implication for ecosystem service provision Selection of the factual policy-on scenario. Following a series of discussions during the development stage of the research, The general consensus among the research team, the steering committee and a sample of ecologists / practioners is that the factual policy-on scenario should be full delivery of the UK BAP (Scenario A in Figure 2). We provide justification for this decision below. Scenario A: Full delivery of the UK BAP Description: In this scenario, it would be assumed that the UK BAP is fully funded and therefore the stated targets for the new habitat and species action plans would be achieved. The implication of this is that, generally, more ecosystem services would be provided. This scenario is clearly the best-case scenario. Merits: This scenario relates directly to the aims of the UK BAP and therefore valuation of the benefits associated with full delivery would be of great policy interest. The costing exercise (GHK Consulting Ltd., 26) assessed the cost of full delivery of the original BAP targets, as well as an assessment of the funding gap required to reach full delivery. However, it was argued that the costings work could relatively simply be updated to reflect the costs of full delivery of the new BAP targets. Assuming that the costings work is updated, then this scenario would enable a comparison of the costs and benefits associated with full delivery of the new UK BAP to be made. Page 119 of 164

120 Issues: It may be difficult to predict the level of ecosystem services provided by full delivery of the UK BAP. It is considered unlikely that full delivery would actually be achieved. The costings research would need to be updated. Clearly, a full delivery of the new BAP targets scenario is of great relevance to policy and would link directly with an update of the costings work. The concern that full delivery is unlikely to be achievable is, to some extent, irrelevant since it would be possible to extrapolate the data relating to full delivery to other partial-delivery scenarios. Other possible scenarios that offer lower levels of delivery would be of less policy interest since they would not allow an assessment of the benefits associated with the funding gap for BAP to be assessed. Given the above, it is proposed that the factual policy-on scenario should relate to full delivery of the new UK BAP targets Selection of the counter-factual policy-off scenario. Although the case for the factual scenario is reasonably clear-cut, there is more ambiguity relating to the best scenario to represent the counter-factual policy-off scenario. Below, we present cases for four possible counter-factual scenarios as represented as Scenarios B E in Figure 2. It should be highlighted that, in the discussions below, the various options for the preferred counter-factual scenarios are discussed in the context the preferred factual scenario (Scenario A). Scenario B: Continuation of current level of BAP spend Description: In this scenario, it is assumed that the level of funding for the UK BAP is continued at current levels as identified in the expenditure component of the costings work (GHK Consulting Ltd., 26). In this scenario there would be some progress towards the original habitat and species action plan targets, however, the new BAP targets would not be achieved. The implication of this is that, generally, the levels of provision of ecosystem services would continue to increase at current rates. A policy change from Counter-Factual Scenario B to the Factual Scenario A would represent the shortfall in BAP and ecosystem service provision associated with the current levels of expenditure (i.e. the funding gap identified in the costings research). Thus, a valuation of the benefits associated with a move from Scenario B to Scenario A would reflect the BAP and ecosystem service benefits associated with closing the current funding gap between current spend and full delivery of the UK BAP. Merits: Issues: Scenario B relates directly to the current situation with BAP funding in that it assumes that current levels of expenditure (as identified in the costings work) are continued; It would be relatively simply to extrapolate current trends in ecosystem service provision to predict the future levels of ecosystem service provision under Scenario B. An assessment of the benefits associated with a move from Scenario B to Scenario A would provide evidence on the value of full implementation of the UK BAP from the current baseline, assuming current expenditure is maintained. This benefit estimate would be directly comparable with the costs of closing the funding gap as identified in the costings research. Using Scenario B as the counter-factual would thus provide evidence to justify whether (or not) the funding gap identified in the costings work should be closed. Scenario B would not enable an assessment to be made of the benefits associated with current levels of spend on the UK BAP. In terms of ecosystem service provision, the current level of expenditure on the UK BAP is arbitory. Scenario C: BAP spend to maintain current levels of ecosystem services Description: In this scenario, it would be assumed that the situation as is now, but that there would be some further spend on the UK BAP to maintain existing stocks of habitats and species and their associated ecosystem services. This scenario would require an assessment of what levels of future spend would be required to maintain the status quo. The policy change from Counter-Factual Scenario C to the Factual Scenario A would represent the level of BAP and ecosystem service provision delivered through full implementation of the UK BAP from the current stocks. Page 12 of 164

121 Merits: Issues: Scenario C assumes that BAP spend to date has been made, and therefore the current stock of habitats, species and their related ecosystem services is known, and that these levels of stock would be maintained in the future. The advantage of this is that it removes the requirement to predict the impact of alternative spending regimes. The assumption of current levels of stocks are maintained would simplify the cognitive task in both the weighting matrix and choice experiment. An assessment of the benefits associated with a move from Scenario C to Scenario A would provide evidence on the value of a fully funded UK BAP from current BAP stocks. The costings research did not include a cost scenario that would aim to retain the status quo in terms of current BAP stocks. An assessment of the benefits associated with a move from Scenario C to Scenario A would not relate to the costing work. Scenario D: UK with BAP, but no further spend Description: In this scenario, it would be assumed that the situation as is now, but that there is no further spend on the UK BAP. This scenario would require an assessment of the state of habitats and species and their related ecosystem services in the absence of any future BAP funding; but assuming that other drivers for biodiversity funding are still in place. In this scenario, it is likely that there would be some regression in the stocks of habitat and species. The implication of this is that, generally, the level of provision of ecosystem services would also decline from current levels. The policy change from Counter-Factual Scenario D to the Factual Scenario A would represent the level of BAP and ecosystem service provision delivered through full implementation of the UK BAP from the current situation. In other words, this scenario change would reflect the benefits associated with a fully funded BAP (as identified in the costings research). Merits: Issues: Scenario D assumes that BAP spend to date has been made, and therefore the current situation is known: although the implications of the future withdrawal of BAP funding may be less clear. An assessment of the benefits associated with a move from Scenario D to Scenario A would provide evidence on the value of a fully funded UK BAP. This benefit estimate would be directly comparable with the levels of funding necessary to deliver the UK BAP as identified in the costings research. Using Scenario D as the counter-factual would thus provide evidence to justify (or not) the levels of funding necessary to deliver the UK BAP. Currently, biodiversity conservation in the UK is funded through the UK BAP as well as a number of other policy drivers (see Section 3.1). Scenario D would thus require an unravelling of these two sources of funding, and an assessment of the impact that a withdrawal of future BAP funding would have on the future stocks of habitats and species and associated ecosystem services. Disentangling the impacts of BAP and other funding streams may be challenging. Scenario E: The UK without BAP Description: In this scenario, it would be assumed that there had been No further BAP funding. This scenario would thus require an assessment of the stock of habitats and species and their related ecosystem services in the absence of any past, current or future BAP funding. This assessment is complicated by the fact that some existing BAPs are designated sites and would have been delivered any way through these other drivers. In a No further BAP funding scenario, it is likely that the current stocks of habitat and species would be lower than any of the other counter-factual scenarios and that the stocks would continue to decline in the future. The implication of this is that, generally, the level of provision of ecosystem services would be much lower than current levels. The policy change from Counter-Factual Scenario E to the Factual Scenario A would represent the level of BAP and ecosystem service provision delivered through all past, current and future spend on the UK BAP. Page 121 of 164

122 Merits: Issues: An assessment of the benefits associated with a move from Scenario E to Scenario A would provide evidence on the full value of the UK BAP. Scenario E assumes no past, current or future spend on the BAP. Scenario E would thus require the prediction of what the current and future stocks of habitats and species and their associated ecosystem services would be in the absence of BAP expenditure. Such as assessment is likely to be difficult and is further complicated by the fact that other drivers for biodiversity conservation, e.g. such as SSSIs, would have contributed to the delivery of some elements of BAP. The costings work looked at the annual costs of delivering the full UK BAP. HAPS cost are from 26 till 22 whilst SAPs are from 26 until 211. Counterfactual Scenario E would therefore not relate well to the costings work. Neither would it relate well to the funding gap identified in the costings work. Using Scenario E as the counter-factual would provide evidence to justify (or not) both past and future levels of funding necessary to fully deliver the UK BAP. However, evidence justifying past expenditures is not that useful for planning the future of BAP. Selection of a preferred counter-factual scenario Above, four possible counter-factual scenarios have been described. Below we provide a case for the selection of two of these as counter-factual scenarios: Scenarios C and D. First, Scenario E (the UK without BAP) was excluded since it was considered that this scenario was not relevant to future policy decisions, i.e. scenario E could only be used to justify past BAP spend, but not allow comment of future spend scenarios. Scenarios B and Scenario C were both considered to represent the continuation of the status quo, where Scenario B represents a continuation of current level of BAP spend (with some unknown increase in the level of ecosystem services) and Scenario C represents activities to maintain current levels of ecosystem services (which would require an unknown level of expenditure). Although scenario B was initially considered more appealing as it directly corresponds to the costings research, feedback from the both the public pilot studies and the expert workshops indicated that it would be difficult to accurately gauge the level of ecosystem service provision under this scenario. In Scenario C, the level of ecosystem service delivery was known and therefore there was less uncertainty in this scenario. Based on this argument, it was concluded that Scenario C would be more suitable to represent the current situation. Finally, it was argued that Scenario D (UK with BAP, but no further spend) would also be of policy relevance since this scenario can be used to justify (or not) the current BAP expenditure (if compared to Scenario C), as well as the costs to achieve full implementation of the BAP (if compared to Scenario A). Page 122 of 164

123 14. Choice experiment: ecosystem service attribute and levels. The choice experiment aimed to assess the economic value of seven ecosystem services delivered by the UK BAP. A general description of these attributes and attribute levels was presented in Section 4.3. In this appendix, we provide further detail of the seven ecosystem service attributes, as well as outline the data used to define the three levels of provision of these attributes Wild Food. In the MA, all food products were included as an ecosystem service. However, it is important to acknowledge that the MA was predominantly implemented in a developing country context where (i) people are often reliant on food gathered from nature, and (ii) farming tends to be directly linked to the quality of the natural environment (there tends to be little use of external inputs such as fertilisers etc). In contrast, people from the UK are not reliant on food gathered from nature and UK farming tends to use external inputs (which blurs the interdependence of farming and nature). Further, a significant proportion of the food purchased in the UK is imported from other countries and therefore would not be affected by changes in the UK BAP. Thus, for the choice experiment, it is argue that food services delivered through the UK BAP should be restricted to wild food ; that is non-rare food products that people might gather / hunt from nature. The focus on wild food has a number of appealing characteristics for this study. First, the availability of wild food is more closely linked to the UK BAP than food produced on farms. Second, the collection and consumption of wild food may be considered as providing non-market benefits: often people in the UK attain a sense of well-being from gathering wild food from nature. Thus, in the choice experiment, the MA Food ecosystem service is restricted to the valuation of wild food. Note, we will address the impact of the UK BAP on commercial food production separately in the weighting matrix. To our knowledge, there are no studies that link the UK BAP (or any other conservation programme) to the provision of wild food. To assess the impact of the UK BAP on wild food, we make the assumption that the level of provision of wild food is linked to changes in the quantity and quality of habitats where wild food is predominantly found: i.e. in woodlands. The Revised habitat action plan targets 26 provides 25 baseline data and 215 BAP targets data for the Native Woodland habitat (BRIG, 26). Using these data, we argue that our three UK BAP scenarios would have the following impacts on the provision of wild food for the UK as a whole: Full implementation of the UK BAP: Under the full implementation of the UK BAP, it is predicted that over the next ten years (25 to 215) the area of native woodland in the UK would increase by 148,947 Ha (134,67 Ha expansion + 14,34 Ha restoration) (BRIG, 26). This increase represents a 14% increase in the area of Native Woodland over the current Maintenance area (BRIG, 26). Assuming that there is a linear relationship between the area of native woodland and the provision of wild food, it is estimated that there would be a 14% increase in the availability of wild food under the Full Implementation scenario for the UK as a whole. This approach was also used to estimate the predicted increase in wild food in England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland (Table 49). Unfortunately, no data were available on the level of expansion and restoration of Native woodland in the English regions. Thus, the estimated % level of expansion in wild food for England was used across all English regions and therefore it is assumed that the figures for England would be consistent across all English regions. Present BAP: Under the present BAP scenario, there would be no change in the area or quality of Native woodland habitat and therefore it is assumed that there would be no change from the current situation to the availability of wild food under the Present BAP scenario. No further BAP funding: Given that there are legal controls to protect against the loss of native woodlands, it is expected that the area of native woodland would not change under the No further BAP funding scenario. However, it is predicted that there would be some loss in the quality of the woodland habitat. Using the JNCC data (Williams, 26) on the area of woodland in an unfavourable recovering condition (which was used to represent the likely loss in the quality of the native woodland BAP habitat), it is predicted that there would be a 16% decline in the area of native woodland that achieves condition. Assuming a linear relationship between the quality of native woodlands and the provision of wild food, it is predicted that there would be a 16% reduction in the availability of wild food throughout the UK under the No further BAP funding scenario. The approach was also used to estimate the predicted decrease in wild food in England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland (Table 49). Again, the England figure was used across all English regions. Table 49 below provides a summary of the data used to define the wild food attribute under the three BAP scenarios for the different regions. Page 123 of 164

124 Table 49: Predicted changes in the provision of wild food under the three CE scenarios. Choice experiment BAP scenario England (& English regions) Scotland Wales Northern Ireland UK Full implementation 1% 22% 7% 14% 14% Present BAP No further BAP funding -21% -11% -8.5% -19% -16% Non-food products. In the MA, provisioning services also included fuel wood and fibre. Although these services are often essential in a developing country context (e.g. wood is often the primary source of fuel, heating, cooking, while fibre is used for clothing etc), these types of uses are less relevant in the UK. People in the UK do, however, collect non-food material from the countryside such as timber (for firewood), plants, fibre, cones, shells, stones, and use them for artistic / educational purposes. Such uses are likely to provide non-market, welfare benefits. Thus, to maintain some sort of consistency with the MA, a non-food product ecosystem service was included as an attribute to the CE study. As with the wild food attribute, there is little evidence of the link between the UK BAP and the availability of non-food products. However, the area and quality of habitat is again likely to impact the provision of non-food products. In the absence of any data linking the UK BAP to the delivery of non-food products, it is concluded that we use similar arguments to that used for the wild food attribute to define changes in non-food products. Thus, it is argued that the three UK BAP scenarios will have the following impacts on the provision of non-food products: Full implementation of the UK BAP: As with the wild food attribute, it is assumed that there would be a 14% increase in the area of native woodland habitats where non-food products might be found. This, in turn, would increase the availability of non-food products by 14% in the UK. Estimates of predicted increases in non food products for the four countries can be found in Table 5. Data were not available to make predictions in the English regions and therefore the English data are used across all nine English regions. Present BAP: Under the present BAP scenario, there would be no change to the area or quality of native woodland habitat and therefore there would be no change to the availability of non-food products under the Present BAP scenario. No further BAP funding: Again following the arguments made for the wild food attribute, it would be expected that the No further BAP funding scenario would result in a 16% reduction in the availability of non-food products in the UK. Estimates for England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland can be found in Table 5. It is assumed that changes in the provision of non-food products in the English regions would be similar to that for the whole of England. Table 5 below provides a summary of the data used to define the wild food attribute under the three BAP scenarios for the different regions. Table 5: Predicted changes in the provision of Non Food products under the three CE scenarios. Choice experiment BAP scenario England (& English regions) Scotland Wales Northern Ireland UK Full implementation 1% 22% 7% 14% 14% Present BAP No further BAP funding -21% -11% -8.5% -19% -16% Climate regulation Different habitats have different capacities to absorb and store carbon, for example woodland sequestrates more carbon than grassland. Given that the UK BAP will result in changes to the area and quality of BAP habitats, it is argued that the UK BAP will have an impact on CO 2 sequestration. The climate regulation attribute therefore expresses the net change in the amount of CO 2 sequestration associated with the UK BAP. In particular, our analysis focuses on changes to woodland, bog and heath habitats (i.e. the habitats that sequestrate and store the most carbon). Page 124 of 164

125 Carbon sequestration by BAP habitats The Forestry Commission conclude that, on average over a full commercial rotation, forests sequestrate 11. tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 (Broadmeadow and Matthews, 23). Brainard et al. (28) provide a more recent review of carbon sequestration rates in forests. In their models they use sequestration rates of: 12.66t CO 2 ha -1 yr- 1 for Sitka spruce; and 4.97 t CO 2 ha -1 yr -1 for old Beech. Given that the forests in the UK BAP relate to native woodland, it is concluded that the Brainard et al. (28) data on sequestration from old Beech would be most appropriate for our calculations. Further the use of the Beech rate of sequestration will ensure that we attain a conservative estimate of the amount of carbon sequestrated. Peatlands (such as bogs and heaths) are the single largest carbon reserve in the UK, storing around 3 billion tonnes carbon, and if in pristine condition have the potential to annually absorb around 4, tonnes of carbon in England and Wales (Moors for the Future Partnership, 27). The Forestry Commission indicate that bogs and heath will, on average, sequestrate.7 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 (Broadmeadow and Matthews, 23). This figure is consistent with those of Worrall (24) who estimated that the Peak District moorlands, if in pristine condition, can sequestrate 18.9 tonnes carbon / km 2 per year (i.e. equivalent to.693 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 ). Hargreaves et al. (23) observe that actual carbon accumulation on undisturbed deep peat was.22 and.25 tonnes C ha -1 Yr -1 at two sites in Scotland (equivalent to around.9 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 ). Brainard et al. (28) also use this figure in their study, but also suggest that carbon sequestration would be half this value in thin peat (equivalent to.45 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 ). Evans suggests that intact bog vegetation can fix up to 35 tonnes carbon / km 2 per year (equivalent to 1.28 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 ) (Moors for the Future Partnership, 27). Based on the above, it is assumed that an average value for carbon sequestration in bog and heath habitats would be in the region of.7 tonnes CO 2 Ha - 1 Yr -1. An important issue to consider when considering changes to carbon sequestration associated with the expansion of BAP habitats is the type of habitat that is replaced. For example, if new native woodland replaces agricultural land (.25 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 : which is the mean sequestration rate of cropland (.17 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 ) and grassland (.397 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 )) then there would be a net gain in carbon sequestration. However, if the new native forest replaced Sitka spruce (sequestration rate = 12.66t CO 2 ha -1 yr- 1 ) there would be a net loss in carbon sequestration. In this analysis it is proposed that the more optimistic option (i.e. new BAP habitats would replace agricultural land) is used as this will allow the assessment of the potential CO 2 sequestration rates to be gauged. This assumption should be considered when interpreting the climate change impacts of the UK BAP. Greenhouse gas emissions from BAP habitats Poor management of BAP habitats can also lead to the emissions of greenhouse gases. If bog and heath habitats are degraded (e.g. through air pollution or inappropriate land management such as over-grazing, excessive burning or drainage), they could emit up to 381, tonnes of carbon a year in the UK (Moors for the Future Partnership, 27). Worrall (24) provides a useful summary of the carbon uptake and release pathways for upland peat. As the water tables lower, the peat oxidises and considerable quantities of carbon can be lost to the atmosphere as CO 2. However, drainage may also result in a reduction in naturally occurring Methane (CH 4 ) emissions, but an increase in nitrous oxide (N 2 O). There is still some uncertainty about the net GHG balance associated with drainage of peatland (Broadmeadow and Matthews, 23). It was estimated that degradation of the 135 Ha peat bog on the National Trust High Peak estate releases 37 t C annual (equivalent to 1 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr - 1 ). Worrall estimate that erosion of moorland in the Peak District could emit up to 1 tonnes carbon / km 2 per year (equivalent to 3.66 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 ) (Moors for the Future Partnership, 27). Given the scientific uncertainty relating to the net GHG balance from degradation of bog and heath habitats, it will be assumed that the lower carbon release rate (3.66 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 ) will be used in this assessment. Finally, given the fact that there are legal controls to protect against the loss of forests and woodlands, it is assumed that there would be no decline in the current area of native forests (even in the no BAP scenario). Further, even if the quality of the native woodland habitats were to decline, it is assumed that this would not result in the net release of CO 2. Page 125 of 164

126 Potential contribution of UK BAP to GHG mitigation Estimates of the net changes in the amount of CO 2 sequestrated through the three UK BAP scenarios were calculated using the following equation: Where: A H1 : Area of new habitat created S H1 : Sequestration rate of new habitat created A H : Area of existing habitat replaced S H : Sequestration rate of existing habitat replaced. Full implementation of the UK BAP: Under full implementation, it is expected that the area of native woodland, bogs and heaths would increase. Data from the Revised Habitat Action Plan targets 26 indicate that 148,947 Ha of native woodland, 9,68 Ha of lowland heath and 1,151 Ha of lowland raised bog would be created (either through expansion or restoration) in the UK under the full implementation scenario (BRIG, 26). Assuming that the CO 2 sequestration rates of native woodland is 4.97 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 and bogs and heaths are.7 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1, and that these habitats will be created on agricultural land (average sequestration rate of.25 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 ), then the net CO 2 sequestration from these new habitats will be 77,628 tonnes CO 2 Yr -1 across the UK as a whole (Table 51: Estimates of the CO 2 sequestration from full implementation of the UK BAP). In the CE, it was considered useful to describe this change in terms of the total CO 2 emissions for the UK (estimated at 557m tonnes CO2 Yr-1; AEA Energy and Environment, 26). Thus, across the UK, the full implementation scenario would result in the sequestration of.13% of the UK s total CO 2 emissions or 3% of current levels of UK CO 2 sequestration (which was around 24 Mt CO 2 in 26). Similar analysis was undertaken for each of the four countries (Table 53). Data on the area of expanded and restored habitat was not, however, available for the English regions. To fill this data gap, it was assumed that the extent of expansion in each English region would be proportional to the current area under bog, heath and woodland habitats in those regions (see Table 12). These estimated annual CO 2 sequestration rates for the English regions are also summarised in Table 53. Table 51: Estimates of the CO 2 sequestration from full implementation of the UK BAP Habitat New habitat area (Ha) Page 126 of 164 CO 2 sequestration rate (tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 ) Net annual CO 2 sequestration a (tonnes CO 2 Yr -1 ) Blanket bog.7 Lowland heath 9,68.7 4,81 Upland heath.7 lowland raised bogs 1, Native woodland 148, ,3 Total 159,166 77,628 Notes: a: This is estimated by multiplying the new habitat area with the net CO 2 sequestration rate (i.e. the CO 2 sequestration rate for the habitat the CO 2 sequestration rate of agricultural land which is assumed to be.25 Present BAP: There would be no change in the area or quality of habitat under this scenario, and therefore the rate of carbon sequestration would not change. No BAP funding: If BAP funding was withdrawn, it is predicted that there would be some loss in the quality of the bog and heath habitat that would result in the release of GHG into the atmosphere; it is assumed that any loss in quality of native woodland habitats would not impact carbon release. Using the JNCC data on unfavourable recovering (Williams, 26) to represent the likely loss in the quality of the bog and heath BAP habitats, it is predicted that there would be a decline in the quality of 293,457 Ha of blanket bog, 95,651 Ha lowland heath, 328,874 Ha upland heath and 31,253 Ha lowland raised bog across the UK (Table 52). In the no BAP funding

127 North East North West Yorkshire and The Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England South West South East London England Scotland Wales Northern Ireland UK scenario, it is assumed that 3.66 tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 would be released from these habitats. Thus total CO 2 release in the UK from No BAP funding would be 749,236 tonnes CO 2 Yr -1 (Error! Reference source not found.). This evel of CO 2 release is equivalent to.13% of the UK s total CO 2 emissions. Predicted CO 2 releases in England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland were estimated in a similar way (Table 53). In the English regions the area of loss of habitat quality were estimated based on the predicted area of habitat in the regions (Table 12) and then followed a similar method to above to estimate annual CO 2 emissions (Table 53.) Table 52: Estimates of the CO 2 release from No further BAP funding scenario in the UK Habitat Area of habitat degraded (Ha) CO 2 release rate (tonnes CO 2 Ha -1 Yr -1 ) Net annual CO 2 release (tonnes CO 2 Yr -1 ) Blanket bog 8, ,457 Lowland heath 26, ,651 Upland heath 89, ,874 lowland raised bogs 8, ,253 Native woodland Total 24,79 749,236 Table 53 below provides a summary of the changes in CO 2 emissions under the three BAP scenarios within the UK, England, Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland and the English regions. Table 53 also reports this change in terms of a % of the UK total CO 2 emissions. This data is used to define the levels of the climate change attribute in the CE. Finally, it should be stressed that there is a high level of uncertainty in the scientific literature regarding the exact impacts of habitat change on GHG sequestration and emission rates. The above provides our best estimate given current knowledge, however, as further research is undertaken in the futures, it may be advisable to revisit our assumptions. Table 53: Annual changes in CO 2 sequestration / losses associated with the three CE scenarios ( tonnes CO 2 Yr-1) Choice experiment BAP scenario Annual changes in CO2 sequestration ( tonnes CO 2 Yr-1) Full implementation Present BAP No further BAP funding % of total UK emissions Full implementation Present BAP No further BAP funding Page 127 of 164

128 14.4. Water regulation Nearly 2 million properties in floodplains along rivers, estuaries and coasts in the UK are at risk of flooding. Further, it is predicted that these risks are set to increase over the next hundred years due to changes in the climate and in society (Evans et al., 24a; Evans et al., 24b). Many of the UK BAP habitats have an important role to play in terms of reducing flood risk. For example, the water and wetland habitats such as coastal and flood plain grazing marsh, fens, lowland raised bogs, and wet reedbeds, provide important water regulating services including water retention and management of the water infiltration into the catchment (Watkinson, 23). The water regulation attribute aims to capture the potential contribution of BAP habitats to flood risk management. The most comprehensive data on flood risks in the UK is the Foresight report (Evans et al., 24a; Evans et al., 24b; Sayers et al., 23). The Foresight data measures the risk and effect of flooding across the UK. In particular, the Foresight report examines flood risk in terms of the Environment Agency s Indicative Flood Plains (IFP), which are defined as coastal areas that have at least a 1:2 year risk of flooding and fluvial areas with a 1:1 risk (ibid.). The Foresight report also provides regional estimates of the number of people currently living within an IFP area (See Table 3.3 in Sayers et al., 23) 9. A summary of this data, along with an estimate of the proportion of people from a region living within an IFP area are reported in Table 54. The Foresight report also provides data on the potential contribution that different management options have for alleviating flood risk. Of interest to this research is the Rural Land-use Management option, which is defined as Pressures on agricultural land and changes in farming practices will have implications on runoff. Changes to management policy may affect the amount and distribution of flood plain storage areas. (Sayers et al., 23). It is argued that the UK BAP would contribute to these Rural Land-use Management activities. Sayers et al. predict that the implementation of these options could potentially change the state of protection from flooding by 6% in 25 and 1% in 28 (See Table 3.2e in Sayers et al., 23). This suggests that the average annual change in flood protection from Rural Land-use management activities is in the region of.135% (estimated from the mean of 6% over 5 years and 1% over 8 years). Given that the UK BAP scenarios for this research cover a 1 year period, then it is predicted that Rural Land-use Management under the UK BAP has the potential to change this risk of flooding by 1.35%. Thus, in the Full implementation scenario it is assumed that the enhanced rural land-use management activities undertaken through BAP would result in a 1.35% reduction in flood risk, while in the No further BAP funding scenario, it is assumed that the removal of rural land-use management activities would result in a 1.35% increase in the risk of flooding. In the Present BAP scenario, it is assumed that there would be no change in the risk of flooding. Discussions with members of the public in focus groups indicated that they considered a % change in the risk of flooding confusing to interpret. Following further enquiry, it was concluded that the water regulation attribute in the CE should be represented by the following indices: Respondents generally preferred the risk of flooding to be reported in terms of a flood risk ratio (1 : X), i.e. a flood event would occur, on average, once every X years in the IFP areas. Data on current flood risk was sourced from Table 3.2 of the Foresight report (Sayers et al., 23) and converted to a 1:X ratio. For example, the Foresight report states that the North East England region has an expected annual probability of flooding of.2. This converts to a 1: 5 ratio, i.e. it is predicted that there would be a flood every 5 years within IFP areas. Current flood risk ratio data for all regions are reported in Table 54 below under the Present BAP scenario. The change in flood risk associated with the Full implementation and No further BAP funding scenarios were estimated respectively by subtracting or adding 1.35% to this risk ratio. Focus group participants also indicated that they would find it useful if information was presented in terms of the number and percentage of people within a region currently at risk from flooding. Regional data on current number of people living within a IFP was sourced from the Foresight report (Sayers et al., 23) for England and Wales, the Scottish Government (28) for Scotland and the Rivers Agency (Sayers and Calvert, 27) in Northern Ireland (Table 54). This data was then divided by the population of the region to estimate the percentage of people within each region current at risk from flooding (Table 54). 9 Note that the regional areas used Sayers (23) do not always directly respond to those used in this research. In particular their North East region includes both our North East and Yorkshire and the Humber regions. They also only have one region for the Midlands, whereas we have West Midlands and East Midlands. Finally, we have assumed that their Thames region relates to our London region. We have used census population data to adjust the data to our region. Page 128 of 164

129 North-east North-west Yorkshire and the Humber West Midlands East Midlands East-of England South-west South-east London England Scotland Wales Northern Ireland UK Finally, an estimate of the likely change in the number of people at risk from flooding under the different BAP scenarios was also estimated by multiplying the change in flood risk associated with rural land-use management activities (1.35% change as estimated from the Sayers (23) data with the number of people currently at risk. This data is summarised in Table 54. Based on the above assumptions, it is predicted that the BAP scenarios would have the following impacts on water regulation. Full implementation: Under the Full implementation scenario, it is assumed that the BAP actions would result in a 1.35% reduction in flood risk (equivalent to the predicted changes in flood risk associated with rural land-use management activities (Sayers et al., 23). Thus, in the UK, the risk of flooding within an IFP area would reduce from a flooding event every seventy-one years (1:71) to an event every 72 years (1:72) within existing IFP areas. The full implementation scenario would also be expected to remove the risk of flooding to 67, people (Table 54). Similar analysis, undertaken for the four countries and the English regions, can be found in Table 54. Present BAP: In the present BAP scenario there would be no change in the current flood risk or the number of people affected by flooding (Table 54). Thus in the UK, the risk of flooding would remain at 1:71 and the number of people affected would remain unchanged. Data for the four countries and the English regions can be found in Table 54. No further BAP funding: In the No further BAP funding scenario, it is assumed that there would be a 1.35% increase in flood risk. Thus, in IFP areas of the UK, the flood risk would increase to 1: 7 years. Also, an extra 69, people would be at risk from flooding. Table 54 again reports data for the four countries and the English regions. Table 54: Specification of the water regulation attribute across the three CE scenarios Population of region (') 2,556 6,853 5,142 4,364 5,367 5,67 5,124 8,238 7,513 5,763 5,144 2,966 1,685 6,975 People at risk No. of people currently at risk (') ,5 4, ,8 % of people in region at risk 7.66% 5.84% 7.66% 4.52% 4.52% 12.84% 3.71% 4.49% 19.97% 8.29% 3.13% 8.77% 1.4% 7.87% Full implementation Risk ratio in IFP areas (1:X) 1:51 1:51 1:51 1:11 1:11 1:51 1:11 1:11 1:11 1:72 1:11 1:51 1:11 1:72 Change in no. of people at risk (') Present BAP No further BAP funding Risk ratio in IFP areas (1:X) 1:5 1:5 1:5 1:1 1:1 1:5 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:71 1:1 1:5 1:1 1:71 Change in no. of people at risk (') No No No No No No No No No change No change No change No change No change No change change change change change change change change change Risk ratio in IFP areas (1:X) 1:49 1:49 1:49 1:99 1:99 1:49 1:99 1:99 1:99 1:7 1:99 1:49 1:99 1:7 Change in no. of people at risk (') Notes: It should be noted that the Foresight data (Sayers et al., 23)does not directly relate to the English regions used in this research. Appropriate adjustments were therefore made Sense of place The sense of place attribute will be used to capture the cultural services (such as the aesthetic, spiritual, educational and recreational benefits) delivered by the habitat action plans (HAPs). Sense of place relates to the distinctiveness of landscapes; where that distinctiveness is influenced by the area and quality of individual habitats, as well as the combination of habitats within a particular landscape. The contribution of the HAPs to sense of place can be measured in terms of changes to the area of the BAP habitats achieving favourable condition (as defined in Table 13) compared to the current maintenance area of that habitat. Page 129 of 164

130 Full implementation: Under the full implementation scenario, it is assumed that the area of BAP habitats achieving favourable condition comprises the current area of habitats achieving condition plus the area of habitat identified for expansion and restoration under the BAP targets (Table 13). Note that it is assumed that all new habitats created under expansion and restoration will be considered as achieving favourable condition. Data for this assessment was attained from the Revised Habitat Action Plan Targets 26 (BRIG, 26) for the UK, England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland. For the English regions, it is assumed that both the current area achieving condition and the new areas for expansion and restoration are directly proportionate to the total area of those habitat types across English regions as identified in the Countryside Survey (Haines-Young et al., 2). The next step was to estimate the total area of BAP habitats achieving favourable condition compared to the current maintenance area of BAP habitats (see last column in Table 55). For the UK as a whole, 41.3% of the current UK BAP maintenance area is considered to be in favourable condition ; an overview of the calculations used to attain this figure is presented in Table 55. Estimates for the proportion of BAP habitats achieving condition under the full implementation scenario in the UK, England, Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland and English regions was calculated in a similar manner and are summarised in Table 58. Table 55: Calculations used to estimate proportion of UK BAP habitats achieving condition under the full implementation scenario. Habitat Current area maintained a (Ha) Area Achieving Condition ab Blanket bog 2,29, 53,991 Lowland calcareous grassland 4,594 42,5 Lowland dry acid grassland 61,646 35,758 Lowland heathland 94,788 68,464 Lowland meadows 1,521 9,984 Purple moor-grass and rush pastures 79,392 53,963 Upland calcareous grassland 22,636 13,37 Upland hay meadows Upland heathland 981,5 366,76 Coastal and floodplain grazing marsh 216,14 111,213 Fens 18,5 15,25 Lowland raised bogs 28,33 2,169 Wet reedbeds 9,36 1,311 Native woodland 1,59,18 715,77 TOTAL AREA 4,832,34 1,994,453 Proportion of BAP habitat areas achieving condition 41.3% a: Source: BRIGG (26) b: Area achieving condition = Ha achieve condition + Ha restore + Ha expand (Ha) Present BAP: Under the present BAP scenario, it is assumed that the area of BAP habitats achieving favourable condition comprise only the current area of habitats achieving condition as identified in the revised habitat action plan targets (BRIG, 26). Similar to the full implementation scenario, this total area of habitat achieving condition was divided by the total maintenance area to estimate the percentage of each habitat type achieving condition. This percentage was used to define the sense of place attribute under the present BAP. For the UK as a Page 13 of 164

131 whole this figure was 37.3% of habitats achieving condition (Table 56). Estimates for the countries and English regions were also estimated and are reported in Table 58. Table 56: Calculations used to estimate proportion of UK BAP habitats achieving condition under the present BAP scenario. Habitat Current area maintained a (Ha) Area Achieving Condition ab Blanket bog 2,29, 53,991 Lowland calcareous grassland 4,594 33,233 Lowland dry acid grassland 61,646 34,745 Lowland heathland 94,788 59,396 Lowland meadows 1,521 7,375 Purple moor-grass and rush pastures 79,392 52,695 Upland calcareous grassland 22,636 13,37 Upland hay meadows Upland heathland 981,5 366,76 Coastal and floodplain grazing marsh 216,14 97,263 Fens 18,5 13,4 Lowland raised bogs 28,33 19,18 Wet reedbeds 9,36 7,986 Native woodland 1,59, TOTAL AREA (Ha) 4,832,34 1,82,877 Proportion of BAP habitat areas achieving condition a: Source: BRIGG (26) b: Area achieving condition = Ha achieve condition only 37.3 No further BAP funding: Under the No further BAP funding scenario, it is assumed that the area of BAP habitats achieving favourable condition comprised the current area of habitats achieving condition as identified in the revised habitat action plan targets (BRIG, 26) minus a proportion of this area defined as unfavourable recovering by JNCC (Williams, 26). Here, it is assumed that any habitat that is defined as unfavourable recovering would revert to an unfavourable condition without the conservation activities undertaken through the UK BAP. Similar to the other two scenarios, the area of habitat achieving condition was divided by the maintenance area to estimate the percentage of habitat achieving condition. This percentage was used to define the sense of place attribute under the No further BAP funding scenario. For the UK as a whole this figure was 27.6% of habitats achieving condition (Table 56). Estimates for the countries and English regions were also estimated and are reported in Table 58. Page 131 of 164

132 North East North West Yorkshire and The Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England South West South East London England Scotland Wales Northern Ireland UK Table 57: Calculations used to estimate proportion of UK BAP habitats achieving condition under the No further BAP funding scenario. Habitat Current area maintained a Area Achieving Condition abc (Ha) (Ha) Blanket bog 2,29, 45,811 Lowland calcareous grassland 4,594 17,613 Lowland dry acid grassland 61,646 23,974 Lowland heathland 94,788 33,262 Lowland meadows 1,521 5,347 Purple moor-grass and rush pastures 79,392 33,725 Upland calcareous grassland 22,636 9,348 Upland hay meadows Upland heathland 981,5 276,94 Coastal and floodplain grazing marsh 216,14 62,248 Fens 18,5 9,45 Lowland raised bogs 28,33 1,479 Wet reedbeds 9,36 5,391 Native woodland 1,59, TOTAL AREA 4,832,34 1,335,44 Proportion of BAP habitat areas achieving condition a: Source: BRIGG (26) b: Source: JNCC Common Standards Monitoring for Designated Sites report (Williams, 26) c: Area achieving condition = Ha achieve condition (% unfavourable recovering * Ha achieving condition ) 27.6 Table 58 provides a summary of the levels of the Sense of place CE attribute for the UK, England, Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland and English regions for the three UK BAP scenarios. Table 58: Proportion of BAP habitats achieving condition (reflecting sense of place ) for the three CE scenarios Choice experiment BAP scenario (% of habitat achieving condition Full implementation Present BAP No further BAP funding Page 132 of 164

133 North East North West Yorkshire and The Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England South West South East London Charismatic species. During the developmental focus groups, respondents provided clear evidence that they considered that charismatic species were likely to provide higher levels of cultural services than non-charismatic species. Further discussions identified that charismatic species generally included the following biota groups: terrestrial mammals, birds, herptiles (amphibians and reptiles), butterflies and moths. It was also clear from the Biodiversity Action Reporting System (BARS) data ( that different regions of the UK supported different numbers of threatened species, and therefore it was considered desirable to reflect this regional variation in the choice experiment. Two sources of data were utilised to assess the impacts of the UK BAP scenarios on the populations of threatened charismatic species. The main source of data for this exercise was the UK BAP spreadsheet Evidence for the selection of priority species (UK BAP, 28). For each of the four countries (England, Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland), data was extracted on the total number of charismatic species that occurs in a particular country which was included within (i) the original BAP and (ii) the new BAP (Table 59). From this, the number of charismatic species added to the new BAP list was also estimated (Table 59). Table 59: Number of Charismatic species listed in the UK BAP by country. England Scotland Wales Northern Ireland UK Original BAP New BAP No. added to new BAP Source: (UK BAP, 28) Note: 1: The UK BAP priority species spreadsheet (UK BAP, 28) lists 442 species under the original UK BAP. It should be noted that this number of species is greater than the original 391 Species Action Plans; the difference being accounted for by the group Species Action Plans. The priority species spreadsheet (UK BAP, 28), however, did not disaggregate the data to the nine English regions. This assessment was made using data from the Biodiversity Action Reporting System (BARS) ( For each of the original BAP species, the species distribution maps were examined to assess presence of each individual species within a particular English region. This data was then used to estimate the number of original BAP species found in each of English (Table 6). Unfortunately, the BARS data only covers species included in the original BAP, and therefore there was no direct way in which to ascertain the number of new BAP species present in each region. To overcome this data gap, it was assumed that the proportion of new BAP species found within a region would be consistent with the proportion of original BAP species present in that region. Thus, using the of the North East region as an example, it was estimated that this regions hosted 3% of original BAP species (31 species in the region / 14 species in England * 1%). This figure was then multiplied by the total number of new BAP species that are found in England (272 from Table 59). Thus, it is estimated that the new BAP list for the North East England region comprises 81 charismatic species. Of these, 5 species were added to the original BAP list. Table 6 provides a summary of these data for each of the nine English regions. These data were used in developing the three UK BAP scenarios for the threatened Charismatic species attribute. Table 6: Proportion of original BAP charismatic species present in the nine English regions Region No. of original BAP charismatic species present in region % of original BAP English charismatic species found in region 3% 47% 41% 42% 48% 64% 76% 69% 51% No. charismatic species in New BAP present in region No. of charismatic species added to New BAP Source: Data collated from Page 133 of 164

134 North East North West Yorkshire and The Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England South West South East London England Scotland Wales Northern Ireland UK Full implementation: It was assumed that under the full implementation scenario, the populations of all charismatic species listed within the new BAP would be stabilised. For the UK, England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland this information comes from Table 59, while the English region data comes from Table 6. A summary of this data is presented in Table 61. Thus, for example, across the UK as a whole the populations of all 273 charismatic BAP species would be protected and stabilised. Present BAP: Under the present BAP scenario, it is assumed that the populations of those species listed in the original BAP would be stabilised (as these currently have protection from species action plans), while the populations of those species that have been added to the new BAP list would. Thus, across the UK, the populations of the 15 charismatic species listed in the original UK BAP would be protected, while the 168 charismatic species added to the new BAP would not be protected and their populations would decline. Table 61 provides a summary of the number of charismatic species protected under the present BAP scenario across all study regions. No further BAP funding: Under the No further BAP funding scenario, it is assumed that the populations of all threatened charismatic species (i.e. both those listed in the original BAP and the new BAP) would decline since no protection activities would be undertaken. Across the UK, this scenario would mean that the populations of all 273 charismatic species would decline. Again, Table 61 summarises the implications of this scenario on the populations of BAP charismatic species across the different regions. Table 61: Number of charismatic species protected under the three BAP scenarios. Choice experiment BAP scenario Status of BAP species populations Full implementation Present BAP Withdrawal Stabilised Decline Stabilised Decline Stabilised Decline Non-charismatic species. The non-charismatic species attribute was identified to address the cultural services that are delivered by non-charismatic BAP species, defined to include those BAP species categorised as vascular plants, non-vascular plants, terrestrial invertebrates (excluding butterflies and moths), and fungi (including lichens). Data on the number of non-charismatic species listed in the original and new BAP in each country was collated from was the UK BAP spreadsheet Evidence for the selection of priority species (UK BAP, 28), and is report in Table 62. Table 62: Number of Non-charismatic species listed in the UK BAP by country. England Scotland Wales Northern Ireland UK Original BAP New BAP No. added to new BAP Source: (UK BAP, 28) Note: 1: The UK BAP priority species spreadsheet (UK BAP, 28) lists 442 species under the original UK BAP. It should be noted that this number of species is greater than the original 391 Species Action Plans; the difference being accounted for by the group Species Action Plans. This priority species data, however, does not disaggregate the English data to the English regions. This data gap was filled using data from the Biodiversity Action Reporting System (BARS) ( (Table Page 134 of 164

135 North East North West Yorkshire and The Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England South West South East London England Scotland Wales Northern Ireland UK North East North West Yorkshire and The Humber West Midlands East Midlands East of England South West South East London 63). These two data sources were used to develop the three UK BAP scenarios for the threatened Non-charismatic species attribute (Table 64). Table 63: Proportion of original BAP non-charismatic species present in the nine English regions Region No. of original BAP non-charismatic species present in region % of original BAP English non-charismatic species found in region 2% 39% 39% 33% 33% 53% 75% 76% 34% No. charismatic species in New BAP present in region No. of charismatic species added to New BAP Source: Data collated from Full implementation: It was assumed that under the full implementation scenario, the populations of all noncharismatic species listed within the new BAP would be stabilised. For the UK, England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland this information comes from Table 62, while the English region data comes from Table 63. A summary of this data is presented in Table 64. Thus, for the UK as a whole, it is assumed that all 876 noncharismatic species listed in the new BAP would be protected and therefore populations would be stabilised. Present BAP: Under the present BAP scenario, it is assumed that the populations of those non-charismatic species listed in the original BAP would be stabilised (as these currently have protection from species action plans), while the populations of those species that have been added to the new BAP list would decline (since the new species action plans would not be introduced for these species). Table 64 provides a summary of the number of noncharismatic species protected under the present BAP scenario. Thus, for the UK, all 337 non-charismatic species listed in the original BAP would be protected and populations stabilised, while the 539 non-charismatic species that were added to the new BAP lists would not be protected and therefore the populations of these species would decline. Withdrawal of BAP: Under the No further BAP funding scenario, it is assumed that the populations of all threatened non-charismatic species (i.e. both those listed in the original BAP and the new BAP) would decline since no protection activities would be undertaken. Again, Table 64 summarises the implications of this scenario on the populations of BAP non-charismatic species. Thus, for the UK, there would be no protection for species listed in either the old or new BAP and therefore it is assumed that the populations of all 876 non-charismatic species would decline. Table 64: Number of non-charismatic species protected under the three BAP scenarios. Choice experiment BAP scenario Status of BAP species populations Full implementation Present BAP Withdrawal Stabilised Decline Stabilised Decline Stabilised Decline Page 135 of 164

136 15. Choice experiment survey instrument. In this interviewer script, we use the following colour coding system: Black: This information and questions are what is included in the respondents questionnaire. Red: This is the script to be read out by the interviewer during the workshops. GREEN: THESE ARE THE INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE INTERVIEWER TO FOLLOWING Page 136 of 164

137 [SLIDE 1] Good morning / afternoon / evening. Welcome to this workshop. My name is Tony Hyde and this is Rob Cooper. We are both researchers from Aberystwyth University. The reason that you have been invited here today is to help us with a government-funded research project, in which we will aim to investigate people s opinions of issues affecting [REGION NAME]. The findings from this workshop, along with 45 others to be held at locations throughout the UK, will be used by government officials to help them make important decisions about targeting local policies in the future. It is therefore important that you think carefully about the questions that we ask you and provide honest and considered responses. Before we begin, however, I would wish to run through some house-keeping issues and then provide you with an overview of how this workshop will run. First, house-keeping. In the unlikely event of a fire or other emergency, the fire exists are here [point / explain]. Toilets can be found here [explain]. The workshop will last for approximately 2 hours [so we will be finished by TIME]. Half way through the workshop, we will stop for a short refreshment break. At the end of the workshop, you will be given the 15 gratuity, which we provide in thanks for your time and effort during the workshop. In terms of how the workshop will run, you will be asked to consider and discuss your views on a range of local issues and how these might affect you. In particular, you will be asked to consider a series of choice tasks that require you to make trade-offs between different policy options that are currently being consider for this area in the future. You will be asked to answer questions in a written questionnaire, as well as contribute to group discussions. We also have two short films for you to watch and discuss. All of this will become much clearer as we proceed. We ask that you don t browse through the questionnaire, but wait for instructions as to when to turn over the pages. Please be assured that any information you give today will be used only for this research. All information collected will be securely stored and will be used anonymously. Finally, if you have any questions relating to anything of today s activities, don t be afraid to ask. We hope you will find the next 2 hours informative, thought provoking and enjoyable. Any questions? Before we get started, could we go round the room and everybody can introduce themselves. So, let s get started. Page 137 of 164

138 SECTION A: YOUR VIEWS ON PUBLIC SERVICES IN YOUR AREA? [HAND OUT QUESTIONNAIRE] The UK Government has responsibilities and obligations for delivering all sorts of public services that may affect you. We have been asked to investigate your views on these issues. Could you complete Questions 1 in the questionnaire? Name: Date: Location: 1. How important do you consider each of the following services in your local area? Local services Health Education Crime prevention Roads and transport Conserving nature Dealing with climate change Waste management / recycling Flood defence Not important Important Very. important I don t understand what this means. [PLEASE WAIT FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS] Page 138 of 164

139 SECTION B: YOUR UNDERSTANDING OF THE TERM BIODIVERSITY? [SLIDE 2] In this workshop, we will be focusing on issues related to the protection and enhancement of the UK s biodiversity. It will be useful for us to know a little more about your current understanding of the term biodiversity. Please now answer questions Do you feel you understand what the term Biodiversity means? No: Vaguely: Yes: 3. Please explain what you understand biodiversity to mean Which of the following do you believe are delivered through policies that aim to conserve biodiversity? Protection of rare or endangered animals and birds Protection of rare or endangered plants, insects, fungi Conservation of habitats such as woodlands and moorlands Regulation of the flow of water in rivers Reduce the impacts of climate change Reduce the size of the ozone hole 5. The government has a wide range of policies to help protect and enhance the UK s biodiversity. Please tick which of these policies you have heard of: National Parks Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI) Man and Biosphere areas Biodiversity Action Plans Agri-environmental schemes (e.g. Countryside Stewardship, Tir Gofal) [PLEASE WAIT FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS] Page 139 of 164

140 SECTION C: WHAT DOES BIODIVERSITY DO FOR ME? We would now like to explore further your views on biodiversity. To do this, we will use a technique called brain storming. Basically, this will involve you thinking about a series of questions relating to biodiversity, writing your answers on the post-it notes provided and then some discussion. [SLIDE 3] For this first question What is biodiversity? Could you write the number of the definition on a post-it note. 1. Animals and plants; 2. The variety of living organisms; 3. A brand of washing-up powder. Ok, could I now have a show of hand for definition: 1, 2 or 3. [EXPLAIN THAT DEFINITIONS 1 AND 2 ARE BOTH CORRECT, BUT THAT 2 IS MORE PRECISE] On separate post-it notes, please write three different ways in which you think people benefit from biodiversity? [GIVE PARTICIPANTS 1 MINUTE TO WRITE ANSWERS] Before we discuss your answers, we would like to present the findings of a similar exercise that we undertook with a group of scientists. The scientists identified seven ways in which they thought people could benefit from biodiversity. What I d like to do now is to describe the benefits that the scientists identified. Later, we will compare your answers with the scientist s answers. Note that there are no right or wrong answers, so I don t want to see any of you adding or changing your answers. So put you pens down now! [SLIDE 4 + REFER PARTICIPANTS TO TABLE 1 IN SECTION 1 OF THE INFORMATION PACK ] [DESCRIBE AND DISCUSS THE 7 BAP BENEFIT ATTRIBUTES] What I d like to do now, with your help, is to allocate the benefits that you came up with those identified by the scientists. I will therefore ask that you come to the front and stick your answers onto the wall under the most relevant heading. If you feel that some of your benefits do not fit into one of the scientists benefit groups, then stick them under the Other heading. [GET THE PARTICIPANTS TO ALLOCATE THEIR BENEFIT POST-IT NOTES TO OUR 7 BENEFIT CATEGORIES AND DISCUSS THEIR RESPONSES] We would now like you to indicate, on your questionnaires, your level of knowledge of each of the seven benefit categories, and how important these benefits are to you. 6. In the table below, please indicate (i) your level of knowledge of each benefit category and (ii) how important those benefits are to you. Benefits My knowledge of this benefit no knowledge Low High How important the benefit to you? Not important Low High Wild food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Threatened animals, amphibians, birds and butterflies. Threatened trees, plants, insects, and bugs SECTION D: FUTURE POLICY OPTIONS TO PROTECT BIODIVERSITY IN YOUR AREA Page 14 of 164

141 Now that we have some idea about biodiversity and the benefits it may provide you, we would now like you to make some choices about future policies to protect and enhance biodiversity in your region. [SLIDE 5 HIGHLIGHT THE BOUNDARIES OF THE LOCAL REGION] The government is currently reviewing one of its policies for protecting the biodiversity in the UK. This policy is called the UK Biodiversity Action Plan; or UK BAP for short. [SLIDE 6] Although the UK BAP is only one of a handful of biodiversity policies in the UK, it is strategically important since it aims to protect the UK s most important habitats and most threatened species [SLIDE 7] The government is currently considering three options for the future funding of the UK BAP: (i) (ii) (iii) Withdrawing all funding for UK BAP Retain current levels of spend on the UK BAP Increase funding to allow full implementation of the UK BAP However, the government s spending options are not quite this straight forward. Depending on how the government spends its money, it can target delivery of different types of benefit through the implementation of the UK BAP; where the types of benefits may relate to the 7 groups of benefits that we have already discussed. So for example, the government might target spending on activities that help to reduce climate change, while at the same time reduce spending on the protection of threatened trees, plants and insects. Thus, there is a great amount of flexibility in terms of how much money the government allocates to the UK BAP and what it spends this money on. So where do YOU fit in? [SLIDE 8] As already indicated, the government is still undecided about how it will fund the UK BAP in the future. However, the government also has a duty to spend its money in the best interests of the public. It has therefore asked us to help them assess this value for money through this research. We will therefore be attempting to find out how much YOU (as representatives of the public) benefit from biodiversity protection in [YOUR REGION]. How will we do this? To do this, we will present you with a series of choice tasks, in which we ask you to indicate your preferred policy option for the future of the UK BAP in [YOUR REGION]. An example of a typical choice task is presented in this slide. Page 141 of 164

142 [SLIDE 9] I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B No BAP How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Page 142 of 164

143 You will notice that the choice task is displayed as a table with four columns. The first column indicates the type of benefit that we would like you to consider of each policy option. These benefit categories are those categories that we discussed earlier. The next three columns related to different policy options for the future of the UK BAP. These are labelled Action Plan A, Action Plan B and a Baseline: withdrawal of BAP funding. You will be asked to choose your preferred policy from these 3 options. For all of the choice tasks that you consider, the baseline option (i.e. the fourth column) will remain constant: this allows us to directly compare your choices across different choice tasks. So, for this project, we will assume that this baseline corresponds to a withdrawal of funding for the UK Biodiversity Action Plan. [SLIDE 1] A withdrawal of funding for the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP) would mean less funds for: The protection of important habitats, The protection of species in the wider countryside (e.g. on farmland), The protection of individual species. It should, however, be noted that other biodiversity policies, such as those directly focusing on biodiversity hotspots (such as SSSIs), would continue to be funded. The implication of withdrawing funding for the UK BAP would be a reduction in the extent and quality of the important habitats in your area and also it would lead to a decline in the numbers of threatened species in your area. This, in turn, would affect you in terms of a reduction in the range of benefits provided by biodiversity as described in the fourth column. You can find a description of this baseline scenario in Table 2 in Section 1 of your information pack. [SLIDE 11] The middle two columns, Action Plan A and Action Plan B describe two alternative options for future spending on the UK BAP. In these two options, we assume that the government will target spending to different elements of benefit delivered by the UK BAP. So in the example provided, Action Plan B has a strong focus on wild food, water regulation and sense of place, while Action Plan A targets threatened trees, plants, insects and bugs. The descriptions of the benefits that we provide in the choice tasks are short summaries. You can find descriptions of the different levels of provision of benefits in Table 2 in Section 1 of your information pack. [EXPLAIN THAT TABLE 2 PRESENT 3 DIFFERENT LEVELS OF PROVISION OF EACH BENEFIT CATEGORY] Any future policies to protect biodiversity through the UK BAP will be funded through increases in taxation. In addition to the benefits from the three BAP policy options, you also need to consider how much each of these policy options will cost you in terms of an increase in your annual tax bill. You will find this information in the last row of each choice task. So, in the example provided, Action Plan A will cost you an extra 15 per annum, while Action Plan B will cost you 3 per annum. These costs will vary in each choice task. The baseline option (last column) will not cost you anything since it relates to a withdrawal of funding for the UK BAP. When we ask you to decide which policy option you prefer, you will need to consider the benefits that will be delivered by each plan and weigh this up against the costs to you. If the costs of Action Plan A or B are higher than your household would be willing and able to pay, you must choose the baseline option; even if this means that in that particular choice task you choose an option that does not provide any protection of biodiversity. Your support for biodiversity protection will be picked up in other choice tasks. [GET THE PARTICIPANTS TO COMPLETE THIS EXAMPLE CHOICE TASK] Do you have any questions / issues about completing this sort of choice task? Page 143 of 164

144 Ok, in Section 2 of your information pack, you will find a series of five choice tasks, labelled Choice Set A. Also, in Section D of your questionnaire, you will find a section entitled Choice Set A Answers ; this is where you should record your preferred choices of each choice task. [SLIDE 12] Before considering these choice tasks, could I first ask that you copy the Choice set group number from your information pack into Question 7 of your questionnaire answer sheet. Ok, I will now give you around 1 minutes to examine and complete the 5 choice tasks. Before you do, however, there are a few other things that you should remember when making your choices: Remember the scope of the Biodiversity Action Plans. o o o o The BAP only aims to protect and enhance the most threatened species and important habitats in your area. The BAP does not cover all of the countryside. Other biodiversity policies will continue to operate in the absence of BAP. The descriptions of the benefits in the choice tasks provide only a summary of the benefits. You should refer to the more detailed descriptions that can be found in Table 2 in Section 1 of your information pack. We want you to think only about biodiversity in your region; we will ask you to think about the rest of the UK later. Talk is cheap. The experience from other surveys similar to this is that people have a tendency to respond in one way but in reality would act differently. For example, it is common that people choose an option with a higher cost than what they would actually be willing to pay. We believe this is due to the fact that they do not really consider how big an impact the extra costs would actually have on the family budget. It is easy to be generous in surveys such as this one and choose expensive options that deliver high benefits. However, we do not want you to think in this way when answering our questions as this will affect the validity of our results. o o o o o You need to consider the cost seriously! Are the stated benefits worth the costs to you? Would you really be able and willing to pay the stated amount in your chosen option? What other things would you give up to allow you to spend your money on the biodiversity policy? If both prices in Action Plans A and B are higher than what you think you are willing and able to pay, then you should choose the Baseline option. Finally it will be useful to us if you show how confident you feel about the choices that you made. You can record this information in your questionnaire. Also, after you have completed all 5 choice tasks, you should indicate the thought process you went through when making your choices. You should now complete the 5 choice tasks. If you need any help, please let Rob or I know and we will help you. Page 144 of 164

145 CHOICE SET A ANSWER SHEET 7. Choice task group number (as indicated on your information pack): [ ] 8. For each choice tasks described in Section 2 of your Information Sheet, please record your preferred Action Plan, and your level of confidence in selecting that Action Plan. Choice Task A1: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Choice Task A2: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Choice Task A3: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Choice Task A4: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Choice Task A5: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) 9. Which statement best describes how you made your choice of Action Plan? I chose randomly I chose the baseline plan because I don t feel that I would benefit from biodiversity I chose the baseline plan because I don t want to pay more tax I never chose the baseline plan because I don t want to see biodiversity decline I chose the cheapest Action Plan I chose an Action Plan if it was below a certain cost I chose the plan which appeared to provide the greatest overall benefits relative to the cost I chose the plan that appeared to provide the greatest overall benefits irrespective of costs Other (Please specify).. BREAK COLLECT IN ANSWER SHEETS AND ANALYSE THEM COMPUTER MAKE SURE THAT THEY HAVE THEIR NAMES ON IT SECTION E: MORE ON BIODIVERSITY IN YOUR REGION AND HOW IT BENEFITS YOU Page 145 of 164

146 In this next section, we would like to explore, in more detail, your understanding of biodiversity and how it might benefit you. To do this, we have two short films and a short presentation for you. The first film is on biodiversity and policies aimed to protect and enhance the UK s biodiversity. We will be asking you some questions on the film, so feel free to make some notes. [SHOW BIODIVERSITY FILM 1] [SLIDE 13] Break the participants into groups of four and ask them to spend 5 minutes considering the questions on Slide 13. Once they have done this, go round the room asking each group to answer one of the questions. What types of things does biodiversity include? How threatened is biodiversity in the UK? Should we worry about biodiversity loss? How can biodiversity be protected? We would now like to present some more information on biodiversity in YOUR AREA. HAND OUT BIODIVERSITY IN YOUR AREA INFORMATION SHEET GIVE PRESENTATION ON BIODIVERSITY IN YOUR AREA Ask for points of clarification. Page 146 of 164

147 BIODIVERSITY BENEFITS We would now like to show you a second film on biodiversity. The theme of this second film is to explore how people might benefit from biodiversity. In particular, the film follows the lives of three people and highlights how these people interact with the biodiversity around them. After the film, we will get you to think about how each of the three characters has benefited from biodiversity. We will also get you to also think about how you may benefit from biodiversity and ask you to identify which of the three characters you most relate to in terms of your attitude to biodiversity. Once again, feel free to make notes on the film. SHOW BIODIVERSITY FILM 2 1. In terms of your attitude towards biodiversity, which of these three characters best fits the way you think about biodiversity? Eleanor Karen Amr Ask the following questions and record responses on a flip chart How did each of the three characters (Eleanor, Karen and Amr) benefit from biodiversity? Were any of the characters benefiting from biodiversity without realising it? Now that you have a better idea about biodiversity and the ways that it affects you, we now wish to revisit your understanding of the ways in which you might benefit from biodiversity. [SLIDE 15]. Are there any elements of the benefit from biodiversity that you are unclear about and would like to discuss? Ok, thanks. Would you now answer Q We are interested to know whether your knowledge and views of the importance of the benefits of biodiversity have changed as a result of the information given and discussed. In the table below, please indicate (i) your current level of knowledge of each benefit category and (ii) how important those benefits are to you. Benefits My knowledge of this benefit no knowledge High Low How important the benefit to you? Not important Low High Wild food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Threatened animals, amphibians, birds and butterflies. Threatened trees, plants, insects, and bugs Page 147 of 164

148 SECTION F: REVIEW OF YOUR VALUES (OPTIONAL) [THIS SECTION SHOULD ONLY BE UNDERTAKEN IN 2/3 WORKSHOPS] During the break, we analysed your choices you made in the choices tasks exercise to calculate the average price that you (as a group of individuals) are willing to pay for the different levels of provision of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan, as well as individual values for the different types of benefits you might attain from the UK BAP. [PRESENT AND EXPLAIN THE RESULTS FROM THE FIRST VALUATION EXERCISE. IF THE RESULTS APPEAR ODD, EXPLAIN THAT THEY ARE ONLY A SMALL SAMPLE AND THEREFORE THERE MAY BE ERRORS IN THE ESTIMATES] F-1. Please indicate whether the estimated values for Full implementation of the UK BAP and then the individual benefit categories were higher, lower or close to what you would expect. Compared to what you were expecting, Biodiversity benefit the estimated values were: Lower About right Higher Full implementation of the UK BAP Wild food Non food products Climate regulation Water regulation Sense of place Threatened animals, amphibians, birds and butterflies. Threatened trees, plants, insects, and bugs F -2. Why do you think that the estimated values were higher / lower than you expected? Could we now have a show of hands for those of you who thought that the estimated values were: Close to what you expected; Too high; Too low. Why do you think the estimated values were too high / too low? Page 148 of 164

149 SECTION G: FUTURE POLICY OPTIONS TO PROTECT BIODIVERSITY IN YOUR AREA: REVISITED. Ok, we are now going to ask you to make another series of choice tasks for the future of biodiversity in your area. When you make your choice of Action Plan we want you to make well considered choices. There are therefore a few things you should remember when you choose. [SLIDE 16] [MAKE SURE THAT EVERYBODY UNDERSTANDS THE IMPLICATIONS OF EACH OF THESE ISSUES] Remember the scope of the Biodiversity Action Plans. o o o The BAP only aims to protect and enhance the most threatened species and important habitats in your area. The BAP does not cover all of the countryside. Other biodiversity policies will continue to operate in the absence of BAP. The descriptions of the benefits in the choice tasks provide only a summary of the benefits. You should refer to the more detailed descriptions that can be found in your information pack. We want you to think only about biodiversity in your region; we will ask you to think about the rest of the UK later. Talk is cheap. The experience from other surveys similar to this is that people have a tendency to respond in one way but in reality would act differently. For example, it is common that people choose an option with a higher cost than what they would actually be willing to pay. We believe this is due to the fact that they do not really consider how big an impact the extra costs would actually have on the family budget. It is easy to be generous in surveys such as this one and choose expensive options that deliver high benefits. However, we do not want you to think in this way when answering our questions as this will affect the validity of our results. o o o You need to consider the cost seriously! Would you really be able and willing to pay the stated amount in your chosen option? What other things would you give up to allow you to spend your money on the biodiversity policy? If both prices in Action Plans A and B are higher than what you think your household is willing and able to pay, then you should choose the Baseline option. Could you now complete another series of choice tasks for biodiversity in your local area. The choice tasks (Choice set B) can be found in Section 5 of your information pack, and your choices should be recorded in Questions 12 and 13 in Section G of your Answer Book. Before answering these choice task please read Section 4 of your information pack. CHOICE SET B ANSWER SHEET 2. Choice task group number (as indicated on your information pack): [ ] Page 149 of 164

150 3. For each choice tasks described in Section 5 of your Information Sheet, please record your preferred Action Plan, and your level of confidence in selecting that Action Plan. Choice Task B1: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Choice Task B2: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Choice Task B3: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Choice Task B4: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Choice Task B5: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) HOW DID YOU MAKE YOUR CHOICES 14. Which statement best describes how you made your choice of Action Plan? I chose randomly I chose the baseline plan because I don t feel that I would benefit from biodiversity I chose the baseline plan because I don t want to pay more tax I never chose the baseline plan because I don t want to see biodiversity decline I chose the cheapest Action Plan I chose an Action Plan if it was below a certain cost I chose the plan which appeared to provide the greatest overall benefits relative to the cost I chose the plan that appeared to provide the greatest overall benefits irrespective of costs Other (Please specify).. Page 15 of 164

151 15. When considering your choice tasks, which of the following sources of information: (i) did you use? (ii) influenced your choice?. You may tick more than one response Existing knowledge Film 1 Film 2 Presentation on local biodiversity Information pack: habitats Information pack: species Information pack: species lists Presentation of the results from the first exercise I used this information This information influenced my choices 16. How has your understanding of the following changed between the first and second choice tasks? The extent of my knowledge about biodiversity has? My awareness of my limits to my knowledge about biodiversity has? My understanding of what the UK BAP aims to achieve has? My understanding of how choice tasks work has? Decreased Not changed Increased 17. How important do you consider each of the following services in your local area? Local services Health Education Crime prevention Roads and transport Conserving nature Dealing with climate change Waste management / recycling Flood defence Not important Important Very important I don t understand what this means. Page 151 of 164

152 SECTION H: WHAT ABOUT BIODIVERSITY OUTSIDE OF MY REGION? [SLIDE 17] So far we have asked you to only consider biodiversity in your local region. We now wish to change the emphasis of this workshop to how biodiversity policies in the rest of the UK affect you. Thus, we will ask you to make one final series of choice tasks, but this time you need to think about the benefits that you might attain from the implementation of the UK BAP to the rest of the UK, but not including your region. You therefore need to consider all of the different types of habitats and species in the other regions of the UK that will be protected. In other words, all of the habitats and species listed in your Local information sheets would be protected. When making your choices, you need to think about: how often you visit other areas of the UK and interact with the biodiversity there; how the biodiversity in other areas might indirectly affect you here. You should now complete the five further choice tasks (found in Section 6 of the Information Pack). The rules are the same as before but this time we want you to answer for all of the UK outside of your region. 18. Choice task group number (as indicated on your information pack): [ ] 19. For each choice tasks described in Section 6 of your Information Pack, please record your preferred Action Plan, and your level of confidence in selecting that Action Plan. Choice Task C1: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Choice Task C2: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Choice Task C3: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Choice Task C4: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) Choice Task C5: I prefer: Action Plan A Action Plan B Baseline How confident do you feel about this choice? (Not confident) (Very confident) 2. For the same amount of money spent on biodiversity conservation, I would prefer: Protection of fewer species in my local area Protection of many species outside my local area Page 152 of 164

153 A few details about you will help us to complete this work. 21. Gender Male SECTION I: ABOUT YOU Female 22. Please tell us which age group you are in Under Over Please tell us your employment status Unemployed Full time education or training Permanent sick or disability 24. Please tell us what type of work you do. Professional Technical Semi-skilled Retired Employed part-time Employed full-time Unskilled Management Other 25. What is the highest level of education you have attained? Secondary University degree College Higher degree Foundation degree/hnd Professional qualification 26. Have you ever studied biology or environmentally related subjects in School College/university Other education 27. Please indicate what your annual household income is Less than 1, 6, to 69,999 2, to 29,999 7, to 79,999 3, to 39,999 8, to 89,999 4, to 49,999 9, to 99,999 5, to 59,999 Over 1, 28. Please tell us your marital status Single Married/living with partner Divorced/separated Widowed 29. Please indicate how many dependents you are responsible for Adults Children 3. Are you a member of an environmental organisation such as RSPB, Ramblers Association, National Trust etc? Yes No 31. Which of the following types of areas do you live? Urban Rural Page 153 of 164

154 32. Finally, the following questions aim to assess the way that you think about, and learn from, new information. This data will help us better understand your attitude towards learning about new ideas and thus will help us more effectively analyse your choices. Please use the following scale to indicate how true each reason is for you: A. I participated actively in this workshop: Not true True 1. Because I was interested in improving my understanding of biodiversity Because others might think badly of me if I didn't Because I feel proud of myself that I am contributing to the development of future biodiversity policies. 4. Because a solid understanding of biodiversity is important to my intellectual growth B. I followed the ideas of the moderator or other participants : 5. Because I was worried that I might get the wrong answer Because I was concerned that I wouldn t have done what was required of me Because its easier to learn from them about biodiversity than to think of the answers for myself Because they are knowledgeable about the subject C. The reason that I worked to expand my knowledge of biodiversity is: 9. Because its interesting to learn more about a new idea such as biodiversity Because its a challenge to really understand how people interact with biodiversity Because providing the researchers with good data will help create better biodiversity policies Because I want others to see that I am intelligent I found the workshop interesting? Not interesting Very interesting 34. I enjoyed the workshop Not enjoyable Very enjoyable Page 154 of 164

155 QUALITY ASSURANCE Finally, it is likely that we will conduct a follow-up survey to this research. This is likely to involve a short questionnaire which may either be ed or posted to you. As an incentive, any returned questionnaires would be entered into a prize draw for a 1 gift voucher from a leading outdoor shop. Would you be willing to participate in the follow-up questionnaire? Yes If yes, could you provide us with either your address or home address, so that we can send you the questionnaire? address: OR Home address: : : : : : No As part of our quality assurance procedures, my supervisors will contact a small, but random sample of people that have participated in this workshop to check that the workshop was conducted in an appropriate manner. Would you be willing to take part in our quality assurance check? No Yes If YES, could you provide us with the following information to allow us to contact you. Respondent s name. Tel. No.. I confirm that I participated in the workshop on Biodiversity and that I received a 15 gratuity. Participant s signature... Date / / If you have any other comments about the workshop we would be very happy to receive them Many thanks for your help! Page 155 of 164

156 16. Instructions for completing the Weighting Matrix BACKGROUND TO THE PROJECT Thank you for agreeing to help us with our research project Economic Valuation of the Benefits of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan. The project (which is funded by Defra, the devolved administrations, and the Forestry Commission) is of strategic importance as it will directly feed into a government review of the future of the UK BAP. As you are no doubt aware, the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP) was developed in 1994 in response to the 1992 UNCED Rio Summit on the Convention on Biodiversity and Sustainable Development (CBD). The key aim of the UK BAP is to conserve and enhance important habitats and species. The original UK BAP (which is the focus of this research) comprised 45 habitat action plans (HAPs) and 391 species action plans (SAPs). Although the primary objective of the UK BAP is to conserve and enhance the UK s most vulnerable habitats and species, the conservation activities also provide a range of other ecosystem services. For example, some habitats may have water regulation functions which contribute to flood control. In this project we aim to identify and then evaluate these ecosystem service benefits associated with the UK BAP. The information on the value of these services provided by the UK BAP will be used as evidence to justify (or not) future expenditures on the UK BAP. The project involves two phases. The first phase involves the identification and quantification of the ecosystem services delivered through implementation of the UK BAP. The second phase then assesses the economic value of these services. WE ARE ASKING FOR YOUR HELP TO CONTRIBUTE TO PHASE 1, IN WHICH YOU WILL BE ASKED TO LINK BAP HABITATS TO ECOSYSTEM SERVICES. To allow you to do this, we have developed a Weighting Matrix which you will be asked to quantify the level of ecosystems services delivered by the three habitat types that you are most familiar with. Completing the weighting matrix should only take you around 1 15 minutes. A step-by-step guide to the weighting matrix is provided below; however, first it is important that you read a bit more background to the research to allow you to fully appreciate the scope of the UK BAP and the related ecosystem services. SOME POINTS TO CONSIDER The weighting matrix is based on an MS Excel spreadsheet, and involves you completing seven steps. As you work through these steps we will ask you to estimate the ecosystem services delivered by three habitats types (which you will select). Next, you will be asked to estimate any changes to those services under certain scenarios. At significant stages we will ask you to review the outputs and to either confirm they fit your expectations or to modify your estimates if they do not. There is no maths involved! We use descriptive choices and drop down options. Further, all your results that you will be asked to review are presented graphically. The UK BAP comprises 45 Habitat Action Plans and 391 Species Action Plans. Clearly, this complexity would be unmanageable. To simplify this, we have reduced our coverage of the UK BAP to 17 habitats. You, however, will only be asked to consider three of these habitats, which you can select based on your knowledge. We have distributed the matrix to over 2, people. Opinions, information and expertise will vary of course vary across the people completing the matrix. We will use the responses to calculate mean coefficients and, using the variation of each estimate, identify which coefficients can be used with confidence and where consensus is low. WHAT DO WE DO WITH THE OUTPUT? On completing the weighting matrix you will have estimated coefficients for the amount of ecosystems services delivered by your three selected habitats under the BAP scenarios. Your contribution, along with that provided by others, will provide us with coefficients for all the habitats investigated. From this we can calculate, for every habitat, the output for each service with the full implementation of the UK Biodiversity Action Plan and without the UK BAP. We will estimate the contribution of the HAPs and SAPs separately. The answer for each habitat/service combination is a single number, the coefficient. This describes the proportion of the service that habitat supplies (we will of course take into account the area of each habitat). So, if the wild food coefficient for bogs is.34 and wild food is valued (from the non-market valuation) as 4.5 then the wild food value of bogs is.34 * 4.5 = Using the variation in weighting coefficients we will be able to state confidence intervals around this value. We hope you will enjoy using this matrix...it should be thought provoking but not technically difficult if you follow the Stepby-Step instructions on the following pages. Page 156 of 164

157 STEP BY STEP GUIDE TO USING THE WEIGHTING MATRIX Please save a copy of the weighting matrix on your computer with the file name changed to weighting matrix your name.xls Use this file when you complete and return the matrix to us. STEP 1: SELECTION OF BAP HABITATS AND STATE YOUR LEVEL OF KNOWLEDGE FOR EACH HABITAT. 1. Open the matrix in Excel. Start with Step 1 (Figure 7). If Step 1 is not displayed select it using the tabs on the bottom of the page. We provide links on every page to progress through the matrix, but if you prefer you can use these tabs to move between Steps. 2. Throughout the matrix we use drop down menus to allow you to select information. Your first task is to select your preferred habitats. To do this, click on cell C7 to activate the drop down menu. This will list all habitats (For a list of habitats and links to more information click on the link at the top right of the page). Simply click the habitat that you have most knowledgeable of. Information on the BAP targets will be shown in rows 17, 18, and Then, move to cell D7 and using another drop down menu, tell us how knowledgeable you are on your chosen habitat and in F7 if you have knowledgeable of the BAP for this habitat. Figure 7 4. Repeat the process for Habitat 2 and Habitat 3 (Cell C9 and C11). Note: any habitat that has already been selected will not be available in subsequent choices. If you want to change your selections simply select the habitat you want to change and press delete and repeat Instruction 2 5. A completed Step 1 is shown in Figure 8. When you have selected your 3 habitats and stated your knowledge level a link to Step 2 will appear. This is highlighted in turquoise. Throughout the matrix we use these turquiose boxes to indicate directions. Click on the box to move to Step 2. Figure 8 Page 157 of 164

158 STEP 2: RATE THE ECOSYSTEM SERVICES DELIVERED BY YOUR SELECTED HABITATS RELATIVE TO ALL HABITATS. Considerations: In Step 2 you need to think of each habitat with the UK BAP fully implemented; that is you should assume that all of the UK BAP targets are achieved. When you make your estimations for the level of ecosystem services delivered, you should consider your habitats relative to the set of habitats shown on the information on habitats and in the column B1 to B26. Definitions of each of the ecosystem services assessed can be found either at the end of this document, or by clicking the relevant comments tab (small red triangle on the top right side of the cells in row 9). 1. Step 2 is shown in Figure 9: your habitats will be highlighted using grey for Habitat 1, blue for Habitat 2 and green for Habitat 3. We will use these colours throughout the matrix. 2. Start with column B commercial food and use the drop down menus in the highlighted coloured cells to rate each of your three habitats according to the amount of this service they provide. You have eight options from very high to none/insignificant. Try to think of your habitat against the others and rate it accordingly. Figure 9 3. When you have rated your three habitats for commercial food more turquoise directions will appear directing you to the next service wild food. Again move down the column rating your three habitats for delivering wild food products. Repeat until all services have been rated. 4. Step 2 will now look like Figure 1 5. Click on the link to move to Step 3 Figure 1 Page 158 of 164

159 Considerations: STEP 3: RATE THE AMOUNT OF SERVICE PROVISION FROM YOUR HABITATS Unlike Step 2 where you rated ecosystem service provision across habitats, we now want you to think about the level of service provision within your selected habitats. In other words, you should move along the three rows rating the ecosystem services delivered from that habitat. 1. Step 3 is shown in Figure 11. Initially, only your Habitat 1 will be shown. Using the drop down menus rate each service in turn starting with commercial food (Cell B1) and moving along the row. Note that you should answer every service use the don t know option if necessary. Figure When you complete Habitat 1, the next habitat will become available (Figure 12). As usual turquoise direction boxes will appear to help you. Figure Repeat this rating exercise until all 3 habitats are completed. When you have completed Step 3 the screen will look like Figure Use the link to move to Step 5 Figure 13 Page 159 of 164

160 STEP 4: REVIEW AND CONFIRM YOUR ESTIMATES FOR FULL IMPLEMENTATION OF THE UK BAP. Considerations: Consider whether the relative value of the weighting coefficients compares to your expectations, where: A coefficient of = no service provision; A coefficient of 1 = full service delivery. 1. Step 4 is shown here (Figure 14). Your estimates are shown both graphically (at the top of the page) and numerically (in Row 24). Note that, at this stage, only Habitat 1 is shown. Move along Row 24 and review your coefficient. If you believe they are appropriate leave the cell below the coefficient set to OK- otherwise indicate if it is too low too high or I am not sure using the drop down menus in Row 25. Figure If you select any option that indicates the estimated coefficient may be inappropriate you will be presented with the option to return to earlier steps to adjust your estimates for any service the option to go back to Steps 2 and 3 (Figure 9) and adjust your estimates accordingly. If you do adjust your estimates, you should repeat the review and confirmation procedure in Step 4 before moving on. Figure When you have completed Habitat 1 confirm you are satisfied with your coefficients to make Habitat 2 available for review. The next habitats will be made available in Row 27 and 3 (Figure 16). Repeat for Habitats 2 and 3. The usual turquoise boxes will appear to direct you. Use the link to move to Step 5 Figure 16 Page 16 of 164

161 STEP 5: ESTIMATE THE EFFECT OF THE BIODIVERSITY ACTION PLANS ON ECOSYSTEM SERVICE PROVISION. Considerations: In Step 5, we want you to think about the impact of Biodiversity Action Plans (BAPs) on the provision of ecosystem services from your chosen habitats. To do this, we will start from a baseline of full implementation of the UK BAP as estimate in Steps 2-4. You will then be asked to indicate the percentage change in ecosystem service provision that would result from a withdrawal of activities associated with BAPs. So, for example, if your estimated coefficient for the service wild food from full implementation of your Habitat 1 was.34, we want you to estimate the percentage change to that coefficient if the HAP was removed. Thus, you are effectively aiming to estimate the impact of BAPs on service provision from your chosen habitats. 1. Step 5 is shown in Figure 17. For your Habitat 1, your estimated coefficient for ecosystem provision under full implementation of the UK BAP (as estimated in Steps 2 4) is shown in Row 7. In the example shown in Figure 11, Habitat 1 would deliver.466 for Commercial Food under the full implementation of the UK BAP scenario. This coefficient will act as the baseline from which you predict the impact of a withdrawal of the BAPs on ecosystem service provision. Note the default setting is no change and that a reminder that setting all services to no change suggests that the BAPs has no effect on ecosystem services is shown 2. The next step is to predict the likely impact that withdrawal of BAPs would have on the level of ecosystem service provision from Habitat 1. You can indicate this using the drop-down menus in Row 8 (Figure 18): you can choose between a range impacts from 3% more of the service without the BAP to 3% less of the service without the BAP. So, for example, if you believed that the supply of commercial food would decline if BAPs were removed, you should choose one of the less options- repeat this exercise for allthe ecosystem services in Habitat 1. Figure When you have made all the HAP adjustments to Habitat 1, confirm you are finished by selecting yes in the confirm cell (Q8). 4. Your second habitat will now be active. Repeat Instructions 1 to 3 for Habitats 2 and 3 (rows 11 and 14). Figure The familiar turquoise boxes will direct you. When you confirm that habitat 3 is completed a link to Step 6 will appear. Page 161 of 164

162 Considerations: STEP 6A C: REVIEW RESULTS TO CONFIRM ESTIMATES AND IF NEEDED TO RE-ESTIMATE COEFFICIENTS. For each of your three habitats, we present the weighting coefficients for the level of ecosystem services delivered through: (i) full implementation of the UK BAP, (ii) additional services delivered through the BAPs and (iii) the level of services that would be delivered with no BAP. In this step, we ask that you to review these coefficients and if necessary you can go back to earlier steps and make any necessary adjustments. This review process is very important as it will help validate the results from this exercise. 1. Step 6a presents the weighting coefficients for Habitat 1 (Figure 14). For each ecosystem service, we present weighting coefficients for three BAP scenarios. These results are shown both graphically and in a table. 2. In the graph, the total height of column represents the weighting coefficient for ecosystem services delivered under a full implementation of the UK BAP scenario. You estimated this value in Steps 2 and 3 and reviewed it in Step The column of full implementation is made up of two parts: the contribution to ecosystem services delivered by Habitat Action Plans (the maroon section) and the residual level of ecosystem services that would be delivered by that habitat without any BAP (the pale blue section).these weighting coefficients are also shown in the table. Figure You should now review these weighting coefficients. Note that have already reviewed and confirmed the coefficient for full implementation of BAP (Step 4), so you should focus on the contribution from BAP and the habitat without BAP. 5. If you are not happy with your results you can use the Tabs at the bottom of the page to move back and reestimate your coefficients for Full implementation of the BAP (Steps 2 to 4) or for the BAP (Step 5). 6. Use the drop down menu (P26) to tell us how closely these coefficients reflect your understanding of the BAPs Figure 2 7. A link will appear to the review of your second habitat (Step 6b) Repeat the review for Habitat 2 and Habitat 3. When Habitat 3 is completed the link will direct you to a final review of the weighting matrix. Page 162 of 164

163 Considerations STEP 7 REVIEWING THE WEIGHTING MATRIX The weighting matrix is a tool to help estimate the functional link between the UK BAP and the ecosystem services it supports. We are aware of the compromises needed to make the weighting matrix functional we can t hope to capture every detail of every habitat/service relationship. We can however obtain useable broad-brush estimations. The large number of people, such as you, who have helped with these estimates, allows us to compute statistics which will indicate where there is confidence and consensus and where we should exercise more caution. The final step is your assessment of the matrix- how well does it capture complexity? How confident are you that the coefficients are representative of the habitats? 1. Each question is arranged across the page. Q1 is shown highlighted in Figure 21. Q1 asks How confident are you that your estimates are a reasonable representation of the habitats/services? 2. Answer each section for each question using the available options in the drop down menus (Figure 22). E.G. there are four sections to Q1 which enquire regarding your confidence generally, for provisioning services, regulating services and finally, cultural services. 3. Please complete all 4 questions Figure There are 3 links at the bottom of the page, the first (blue) link opens an to us...please attach your completed matrix (the one you named weighting matrix your name.xls) and send it to us. 5. The two other links are to the project website and to our institute, IBERS, should you want more information on either. 6. Breathe a sigh of relief! That s it the matrix is completed please accept our thanks for your time and effort. Figure 22 Page 163 of 164

Benefits of SSSIs in England and Wales

Benefits of SSSIs in England and Wales Benefits of SSSIs in England and Wales Sites of Special Scientific Interest Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs) are the best places for wildlife and geology nationally. There are 5,000 SSSIs in

More information

Enclosed farmland: Arable and Horticultural, Improved and Neutral Grasslands

Enclosed farmland: Arable and Horticultural, Improved and Neutral Grasslands executive summary Executive summary 1 Countryside Survey 2000 (CS2000) and the Northern Ireland Countryside Survey 2000 (NICS2000) have been designed to provide detailed information about the habitats

More information

Kent Biodiversity 2020 and beyond a strategy for the natural environment

Kent Biodiversity 2020 and beyond a strategy for the natural environment Kent Biodiversity 2020 and beyond a strategy for the natural environment 2015-2025 Introduction Action for the natural environment in Kent and Medway will be delivered by many organisations and individuals

More information

Re-connecting Landscapes. Grazing Animals Partnership Conference 22 nd 24 th September 2009

Re-connecting Landscapes. Grazing Animals Partnership Conference 22 nd 24 th September 2009 Re-connecting Landscapes Grazing Animals Partnership Conference 22 nd 24 th September 2009 Topics Landscape what is it and why it is important How Natural England works at the landscape scale Tools Advice

More information

Biodiversity Offsetting Pilots

Biodiversity Offsetting Pilots www.defra.gov.uk Biodiversity Offsetting Pilots Guidance for offset providers March 2012 Crown copyright 2012 You may re-use this information (not including logos) free of charge in any format or medium,

More information

What are biodiversity targets?

What are biodiversity targets? This leaflet details the Regional Habitat Biodiversity Targets for the East of England. It is aimed at decision-makers in regional and local government, at environmental organisations, and at land owners

More information

Biodiversity Offsetting in Doncaster. Guidance on the Process

Biodiversity Offsetting in Doncaster. Guidance on the Process Biodiversity Offsetting in Doncaster Guidance on the Process 1 Contents Chapter 1 - Introduction 1.1 What is biodiversity offsetting? Pg 3 1.2 Doncaster s role in the biodiversity offsetting pilot Pg 3

More information

Wetland Ecosystem Services- Experience of The UK National Ecosystem Assessment. Edward Maltby Laborde Endowed Chair in Research Innovation, LSU

Wetland Ecosystem Services- Experience of The UK National Ecosystem Assessment. Edward Maltby Laborde Endowed Chair in Research Innovation, LSU Wetland Ecosystem Services- Experience of The UK National Ecosystem Assessment Edward Maltby Laborde Endowed Chair in Research Innovation, LSU Emeritus Professor of Wetland Science, Water and Ecosystem

More information

FENS, MARSHES AND SWAMPS. Jeremy Fraser and Carl Cornish. The Old Ragged School Brook Street Nottingham NG1 1EA. MOST RECENT UPDATE: May 2005

FENS, MARSHES AND SWAMPS. Jeremy Fraser and Carl Cornish. The Old Ragged School Brook Street Nottingham NG1 1EA. MOST RECENT UPDATE: May 2005 FENS, MARSHES AND SWAMPS AUTHORS: LEAD AGENCY: Jeremy Fraser and Carl Cornish Notts Wildlife Trust The Old Ragged School Brook Street Nottingham NG1 1EA MOST RECENT UPDATE: May 2005 Current status Wetlands

More information

Economic value of biodiversity. in the UK. University of Glasgow. Economics Dept. Nick Hanley. Economic Value of Biodiversity

Economic value of biodiversity. in the UK. University of Glasgow. Economics Dept. Nick Hanley. Economic Value of Biodiversity Economic value of biodiversity in the UK Nick Hanley Economics Dept University of Glasgow What is the meaning of Economic Value? Direct: utility impacts People care about biodiversity (BD) per se, or about

More information

Case Study of Payments for Environmental Services: the United Kingdom

Case Study of Payments for Environmental Services: the United Kingdom Case Study of Payments for Environmental Services: the United Kingdom Thomas Dobbs, South Dakota State University (USA) Jules Pretty, University of Essex (UK) Workshop on Payments for Environmental Services

More information

Enhancing the outreach of the EU Green Infrastructure

Enhancing the outreach of the EU Green Infrastructure Enhancing the outreach of the EU Green Infrastructure Policy paper of the Rural European Platform 2015 1) 1) with inputs from the BEF Life Viva Grass project and reflecting a discussion 2) during the CEEweb

More information

TFIAM NEBEI - ECLAIRE Workshop on. The valuation of damage to ecosystem services due to air pollution October 2013 Zagreb, Croatia

TFIAM NEBEI - ECLAIRE Workshop on. The valuation of damage to ecosystem services due to air pollution October 2013 Zagreb, Croatia TFIAM NEBEI - ECLAIRE Workshop on The valuation of damage to ecosystem services due to air pollution 24 25 October 2013 Zagreb, Croatia I. INTRODUCTION 1. This report describes the results of the workshop

More information

Biodiversity and environmental change: the evidence base. Susan Davies Director of Policy and Advice, SNH

Biodiversity and environmental change: the evidence base. Susan Davies Director of Policy and Advice, SNH Biodiversity and environmental change: the evidence base Susan Davies Director of Policy and Advice, SNH What does SNH do? All of Nature for all of Scotland or Looking after all of Scotland's nature and

More information

Updating the Defra Biodiversity Metric

Updating the Defra Biodiversity Metric Updating the Defra Biodiversity Metric 1. Introduction We are proposing to update the metric approach to quantifying biodiversity net gain. The metric selected is an evolution of the one piloted by Defra

More information

Latest headline evidence from the Defra Multi-objective Flood Management Demonstration Projects:

Latest headline evidence from the Defra Multi-objective Flood Management Demonstration Projects: Latest headline evidence from the Defra Multi-objective Flood Management Demonstration Projects: Land use and management can make a significant contribution to reducing flood risk Primary aims In 2009

More information

Figure 1: The Proportion of Features in Favourable Condition 1 at 31 st March

Figure 1: The Proportion of Features in Favourable Condition 1 at 31 st March The Proportion of Scotland's Protected Sites in Favourable Condition 2018 An Official Statistics Publication for Scotland Scotland has a rich and important diversity of biological and geological natural

More information

Synthesis of Key Findings. The Foundation for Science and Technology at The Royal Society 13 July NEA Main Features

Synthesis of Key Findings. The Foundation for Science and Technology at The Royal Society 13 July NEA Main Features Synthesis of Key Findings The Foundation for Science and Technology at The Royal Society 13 July 2011 NEA Main Features Independent Assessment Expert Panel chaired by Prof R Watson and Prof S Albon Independent

More information

The Wildlife Trusts Biodiversity Benchmark Requirements

The Wildlife Trusts Biodiversity Benchmark Requirements 1 COMMIT 1.1 Policy Your organisation has a biodiversity policy in relation to its landholdings which is: a. a statement of your organisation s commitment to i. compliance with legal requirements relevant

More information

Biodiversity 2020: A strategy for England s wildlife and ecosystem services. Tom Butterworth

Biodiversity 2020: A strategy for England s wildlife and ecosystem services. Tom Butterworth Biodiversity 2020: A strategy for England s wildlife and ecosystem services Tom Butterworth Biodiversity 2020 Sites & Habitats (& integrated approaches & ecosystems) Species People engagement Marine Natural

More information

Making partnerships work across landscapes the role of Nature Improvement Areas

Making partnerships work across landscapes the role of Nature Improvement Areas Rural Economy and Land Use Programme Centre for Rural Economy School of Agriculture, Food and Rural Development Newcastle University Newcastle upon Tyne NE1 7RU Telephone: 0191 222 6903 Fax: 0191 222 5411

More information

Lincolnshire Biodiversity Action Plan (3rd edition) SUMMARY

Lincolnshire Biodiversity Action Plan (3rd edition) SUMMARY Lincolnshire Biodiversity Action Plan 2011 2020 (3rd edition) SUMMARY Local BAPs contribute to the delivery of the UK BAP What are Biodiversity Action Plans? and the England and EU Biodiversity Action

More information

Costing potential actions to offset the impact of development on biodiversity Final Report

Costing potential actions to offset the impact of development on biodiversity Final Report Costing potential actions to offset the impact of development on biodiversity Final Report Defra 3 March 2011 Costing potential actions to offset the impact of development on biodiversity Defra Final report

More information

The Proportion of Scotland's Protected Sites in Favourable Condition 2017 Evidence

The Proportion of Scotland's Protected Sites in Favourable Condition 2017 Evidence The Proportion of Scotland's Protected Sites in Favourable Condition 2017 An Official Statistics Publication for Scotland Scotland has a rich and important diversity of biological and geological natural

More information

A CTION PLAN FOR LEEDS

A CTION PLAN FOR LEEDS b i o d i v e r s i t y A CTION PLAN FOR LEEDS A VISION FOR BIODIVERSITY IN LEEDS A range of habitats, characteristic of the landscapes of Leeds, supporting both typical and rare species, contributing

More information

UK priority species pages Version 2

UK priority species pages Version 2 UK priority species pages Version 2 To find out more about the JNCC priority species pages visit http://www.jncc.gov.uk/page- 5161 To find out more about JNCC visit http://www.jncc.gov.uk/page-1729 1 P

More information

ASSESSING THE FINANCIAL RESOURCES NEEDED TO IMPLEMENT THE STRATEGIC PLAN FOR BIODIVERSITY AND ACHIEVE THE AICHI BIODIVERSITY TARGETS

ASSESSING THE FINANCIAL RESOURCES NEEDED TO IMPLEMENT THE STRATEGIC PLAN FOR BIODIVERSITY AND ACHIEVE THE AICHI BIODIVERSITY TARGETS ASSESSING THE FINANCIAL RESOURCES NEEDED TO IMPLEMENT THE STRATEGIC PLAN FOR BIODIVERSITY 2011-2020 AND ACHIEVE THE AICHI BIODIVERSITY TARGETS Draft Methodology Paper Fourth draft, 14 June 2012 1 Context

More information

Bedfordshire and Luton Habitat Action Plan: Lowland Meadow

Bedfordshire and Luton Habitat Action Plan: Lowland Meadow Bedfordshire and Luton Habitat Action Plan: Lowland Meadow Updated September 2015 Species-rich grassland Photo by Peter Wakely/Natural England Foreword We are fortunate in Bedfordshire to have a fantastic

More information

A valuation of the natural capital of the Cam and Ely- Ouse catchment. Final report prepared for WWF-UK Appendix 2 August 2017

A valuation of the natural capital of the Cam and Ely- Ouse catchment. Final report prepared for WWF-UK Appendix 2 August 2017 A valuation of the natural capital of the Cam and Ely- Ouse catchment Final report prepared for WWF-UK Appendix 2 August 2017 2 Appendix 2: Maps and Data Tables 1. Maps of catchment activity, natural capital

More information

Summary of UKEOF Partners Natural Capital aims, objectives and monitoring activities (June 2016)

Summary of UKEOF Partners Natural Capital aims, objectives and monitoring activities (June 2016) Summary of UKEOF s Natural Capital aims, objectives and monitoring activities (June 2016) s were asked to provide details of their Natural Capital activities: i. ii. delivered and used by the organisation,

More information

Journal of Environmental Management

Journal of Environmental Management Journal of Environmental Management 92 (2011) 902e909 Contents lists available at ScienceDirect Journal of Environmental Management journal homepage: www.elsevier.com/locate/jenvman Assessing the environmental

More information

LOCAL WILDLIFE SITES SELECTION CRITERIA

LOCAL WILDLIFE SITES SELECTION CRITERIA LOCAL WILDLIFE SITES SELECTION CRITERIA Version 7 BERKSHIRE, BUCKINGHAMSHIRE AND OXFORDSHIRE This document was prepared by Thames Valley Environmental Records Centre (TVERC) and Buckinghamshire & Milton

More information

Natural capital in practice

Natural capital in practice Natural capital in practice Rosie Dunscombe and Ian Glover BUSINESS WITH CONFIDENCE icaew.com The importance of accounting for natural capital Figure 1: Five Capitals Diagram (AECOM) Natural Capital Natural

More information

High Nature Value Farming in the Northern Upland Chain

High Nature Value Farming in the Northern Upland Chain High Nature Value Farming in the Northern Upland Chain 1. Introduction High Nature Value (HNV) farming systems are characterised by low-intensity, traditional land management. They typically support high

More information

The main factors currently affecting Nottinghamshire s lowland wet grasslands are:

The main factors currently affecting Nottinghamshire s lowland wet grasslands are: HABITAT ACTION PLAN FOR LOWLAND WET GRASSLAND LEAD AGENCY: Royal Society for the Protection of Birds 46 The Green, South Bar, Banbury, Oxfordshire, OX16 9AB MOST RECENT UPDATE: May 1998 Current Status

More information

Bedfordshire and Luton Habitat Action Plan: Arable Margins

Bedfordshire and Luton Habitat Action Plan: Arable Margins Bedfordshire and Luton Habitat Action Plan: Arable Margins Updated September 2015 Bedfordshire & Arable field margin Photo by Michael Wilson Foreword We are fortunate in Bedfordshire to have a fantastic

More information

SEEA Experimental Ecosystem Accounts Valuation

SEEA Experimental Ecosystem Accounts Valuation SEEA Experimental Ecosystem Accounts Valuation EEA training webinar 19 October 2018 Rocky Harris Defra, UK 1. Why do valuation? Why value ecosystem services? onature is priceless; but different ecosystem

More information

Farming & the Delivery of Public Goods

Farming & the Delivery of Public Goods Farming & the Delivery of Public Goods Prof. Thia Hennessy Dpt of Food Business, University College Cork, Ireland Overview Agriculture an important sector Economic benefits Non-economic benefits Public

More information

UK Climate Change Risk Assessment 2017: Summary of ASC-commissioned research projects

UK Climate Change Risk Assessment 2017: Summary of ASC-commissioned research projects UK Climate Change Risk Assessment 2017: Summary of ASC-commissioned research projects The Adaptation Sub-Committee (ASC) of the Committee on Climate Change has been asked by the Government to lead the

More information

Appendix 12.1: Relevant National and Local Policies and Biodiversity Action Plans

Appendix 12.1: Relevant National and Local Policies and Biodiversity Action Plans Appendix 12.1: Relevant National and Local Policies and Biodiversity Action Plans 1.1 Introduction 1 This Appendix provides an overview of the international, national and local nature conservation policy

More information

Some Methods and Approached to Valuing Ecosystem Services, Peter Glaves and Dave Egan (March 2013)

Some Methods and Approached to Valuing Ecosystem Services, Peter Glaves and Dave Egan (March 2013) Some Methods and Approached to Valuing Ecosystem Services, Peter Glaves and Dave Egan (March 2013) For background information on ecosystem services and methods for valuation see: Costanza et al., (2006),

More information

An Eco-metric Approach to Growing Natural Capital. Alison Smith, ECI, University of Oxford CIWEM Environmental Net Gain Conference 30 October 2018

An Eco-metric Approach to Growing Natural Capital. Alison Smith, ECI, University of Oxford CIWEM Environmental Net Gain Conference 30 October 2018 An Eco-metric Approach to Growing Natural Capital Alison Smith, ECI, University of Oxford CIWEM Environmental Net Gain Conference 30 October 2018 Project team Clare Warburton, Alison Chapman, Nick White

More information

Costing potential actions to offset the impact of development on biodiversity Final Report - Annexes

Costing potential actions to offset the impact of development on biodiversity Final Report - Annexes Costing potential actions to offset the impact of development on biodiversity Final Report - Annexes Defra 28 February 2011 Costing potential actions to offset the impact of development on biodiversity

More information

Bedfordshire and Luton Habitat Action Plan: Arable Margins

Bedfordshire and Luton Habitat Action Plan: Arable Margins Bedfordshire and Luton Habitat Action Plan: Arable Margins Updated October 2007 Arable field margin Photo by Michael Wilson Arable field margins National lead organisation(s): Defra County lead organisation(s):

More information

Management of our Woods

Management of our Woods Management of our Woods woodlandtrust.org.uk 1 The Woodland Trust Management of our woods The Woodland Trust owns over 1,000 sites across the UK, covering in excess of 23,000ha. This includes more than

More information

NATURAL CAPITAL IN THEORY AND PRACTICE

NATURAL CAPITAL IN THEORY AND PRACTICE NATURAL CAPITAL IN THEORY AND PRACTICE Phil Cryle Valuing Nature Programme Business School 8 th March 2017 eftec Economics for the Environment Consultancy WHAT IS NATURAL CAPITAL? Source: Mark Regan The

More information

Summary Report Project LIFE98 ENV/UK/00583 Biodiversity Action on Industrial Sites

Summary Report Project LIFE98 ENV/UK/00583 Biodiversity Action on Industrial Sites 1 Summary Report to European Commission DG ENV D.1 Project LIFE98 ENV/UK/00583 Biodiversity Action on Industrial Sites by Alan Cooper & Graham Nevin School of Biological & Environmental Sciences, University

More information

UK Forestry Standard, 3rd Edition, Consultation Draft 1 1 consultation response by the Royal Society for the Protection of Birds 2, January 2008.

UK Forestry Standard, 3rd Edition, Consultation Draft 1 1 consultation response by the Royal Society for the Protection of Birds 2, January 2008. UK Forestry Standard, 3rd Edition, Consultation Draft 1 1 consultation response by the Royal Society for the Protection of Birds 2, January 2008. The need for an effective minimum standard for sustainable

More information

The scientific basis for natural capital: developing metrics for a risk register. Georgina Mace University College London

The scientific basis for natural capital: developing metrics for a risk register. Georgina Mace University College London The scientific basis for natural capital: developing metrics for a risk register Georgina Mace University College London Outline 1. Natural capital status and trends 2. Developing a risk register for natural

More information

Response to Defra s consultation: Health and Harmony: the future for food, farming and the environment in a Green Brexit. The Wildlife Trusts

Response to Defra s consultation: Health and Harmony: the future for food, farming and the environment in a Green Brexit. The Wildlife Trusts Response to Defra s consultation: Health and Harmony: the future for food, farming and the environment in a Green Brexit The Wildlife Trusts May 2018 Executive Summary Contact: Ellie Brodie, Senior Policy

More information

An introduction to the. Kirklees Biodiversity Action Plan. Priority for managing habitats and species in the Kirklees district

An introduction to the. Kirklees Biodiversity Action Plan. Priority for managing habitats and species in the Kirklees district An introduction to the Kirklees Biodiversity Action Plan Priority for managing habitats and species in the Kirklees district What is Biodiversity? Biodiversity is short for biological diversity. It refers

More information

A summary of the State of Natural Resources Report:

A summary of the State of Natural Resources Report: A summary of the State of Natural Resources Report: An assessment of the sustainable management of natural resources September 2016 www.naturalresources.wales/sonarr A new approach This State of Natural

More information

Natural Capital Protocol System of Environmental Economic Accounting Toolkit

Natural Capital Protocol System of Environmental Economic Accounting Toolkit Natural Capital Protocol System of Environmental Economic Accounting Toolkit Discussion paper September 2017 Institute for Development of Environmental-Economic Accounting 219 Rathmines Rd, Fairfield,

More information

A MANIFESTO FOR THE UPLANDS HILL FARMING APPG. All Party Parliamentary Group for Hill Farming. February 2019

A MANIFESTO FOR THE UPLANDS HILL FARMING APPG. All Party Parliamentary Group for Hill Farming. February 2019 A MANIFESTO FOR THE UPLANDS All Party Parliamentary Group for Hill Farming February 2019 APPG FARMING UPLANDS MANIFESTO FOREWORD Britain s hills and upland areas are some of the most beautiful in the world.

More information

SPECIES RICH MEADOWS UPLAND GRASSLAND FOR BREEDING WADERS

SPECIES RICH MEADOWS UPLAND GRASSLAND FOR BREEDING WADERS Results Based Agri-environment Payment Scheme - Wensleydale SPECIES RICH MEADOWS UPLAND GRASSLAND FOR BREEDING WADERS High Nature Value Services Ltd Quick bit of scene setting Piloting a new approach One

More information

Environmental Impact Assessment Directive Review Wildlife and Countryside Link position paper

Environmental Impact Assessment Directive Review Wildlife and Countryside Link position paper Environmental Impact Assessment Directive Review Wildlife and Countryside Link position paper 1. Summary Environmental Impact Assessment has been a crucial tool in the protection of the UK and Europe s

More information

The 2017 Tree Charter: A response from the Legal Sustainability Alliance

The 2017 Tree Charter: A response from the Legal Sustainability Alliance The 2017 Tree Charter: A response from the Legal Sustainability Alliance In 2017 more than 70 organisations from across the UK, including the Legal Sustainability Alliance (LSA), came together to call

More information

Prioritisation of Ecosystem Services for Ecosystem Accounting

Prioritisation of Ecosystem Services for Ecosystem Accounting Prioritisation of Ecosystem Services for Ecosystem Accounting Paper prepared for discussion at the expert meeting on ecosystem accounting organised by the UNSD, the EEA and the World Bank, hosted by Defra

More information

The 2017 Tree Charter: A response from the Legal Sustainability Alliance

The 2017 Tree Charter: A response from the Legal Sustainability Alliance The 2017 Tree Charter: A response from the Legal Sustainability Alliance In 2017 more than 70 organisations from across the UK, including the Legal Sustainability Alliance (LSA), came together to call

More information

Assessing the costs of Environmental Land Management in the UK

Assessing the costs of Environmental Land Management in the UK Assessing the costs of Environmental Land Management in the UK Final Report A report for the RSPB, the National Trust and The Wildlife Trusts Matt Rayment 40 Gifford Terrace Road Plymouth, PL3 4JE UK Tel:

More information

Natural Resources Wales. Final Report Date

Natural Resources Wales. Final Report Date The State of Natural Resources Report (SoNaRR): Assessment of the Sustainable Management of Natural Resources. Technical Report. Chapter 7. Towards sustainable management of natural resources Natural Resources

More information

EVALUATION OF RDP IMPACTS ON EMISSIONS FROM AGRICULTURE IN IRELAND. Richard Gooday Environmental Consultant ADAS

EVALUATION OF RDP IMPACTS ON EMISSIONS FROM AGRICULTURE IN IRELAND. Richard Gooday Environmental Consultant ADAS EVALUATION OF RDP IMPACTS ON EMISSIONS FROM AGRICULTURE IN IRELAND Richard Gooday Environmental Consultant ADAS 1 OUTLINE RDP overview Evaluation purpose and questions Evaluation approach Data Preliminary

More information

Low Hanging Fruits. Mora Aronsson ETC-BD/SLU

Low Hanging Fruits. Mora Aronsson ETC-BD/SLU Mora Aronsson ETC-BD/SLU 2016-10-5/7 Vilnius Low Hanging Fruits (Vilnius 2016-10-5/7) Mora Aronsson ETC-BD/SLU A short history Background LHF Method Result Further work A short history First round of Natura

More information

Frequently Asked Questions

Frequently Asked Questions Frequently Asked Questions What is the Peatland Code? The Peatland Code is a voluntary standard which provides a consistent approach for UK peatland restoration projects wishing to attract private finance.

More information

eftec Economics for the Environment Consultancy

eftec Economics for the Environment Consultancy Economics for the Environment Consultancy An Introduction to Economic Valuation of the Environment using Practical Examples Ece Ozdemiroglu ESPA Summer School Tuesday, 12 April 2016 OUTLINE 1. Why economic

More information

Defining accounting structures for ecosystems and ecosystem services Discussion Paper

Defining accounting structures for ecosystems and ecosystem services Discussion Paper Expert Meeting on Ecosystem Accounts Melbourne, Australia 16-18 May 2012 http://unstats.un.org/unsd/envaccounting/seeales/egm2/lod.htm Defining accounting structures for ecosystems and ecosystem services

More information

Ecosystems accounting in the UK

Ecosystems accounting in the UK Ecosystems accounting in the UK Rocky Harris Department for Environment, UK Jawed Khan Office for National Statistics, UK London Group Ottawa October 2012 UK Government commitment We will put natural capital

More information

Biodiversity Offsetting in England Green Paper November 2013

Biodiversity Offsetting in England Green Paper November 2013 Biodiversity Offsetting in England Green Paper November 2013 Response by the Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment (IEMA) Introduction 1. The Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment

More information

The real value of English red meat Economic analysis

The real value of English red meat Economic analysis The real value of English red meat Economic analysis Final report March 2012 Kevin Marsh Evelina Bertranou Heini Suominen Disclaimer In keeping with our values of integrity and excellence, Matrix has taken

More information

Identifying spatial priorities for adaptation action in the Welsh landscape

Identifying spatial priorities for adaptation action in the Welsh landscape Identifying spatial priorities for adaptation action in the Welsh landscape Clive Walmsley, Rob McCall, NRW Tim Pagella, Bangor University Robert Deane, LUC Climate Change and Nature Conservation in Europe

More information

Environmental Monitoring in Natural England 2012

Environmental Monitoring in Natural England 2012 Environmental Monitoring in Natural England 2012 www.naturalengland.org.uk Environmental Monitoring in Natural England 2012 1 Contents 1 Foreword 3 2 Introduction 4 Part 1: Developing Capacity for Surveillance

More information

HABITAT ACTION PLAN FOR LOWLAND CALCAREOUS GRASSLAND

HABITAT ACTION PLAN FOR LOWLAND CALCAREOUS GRASSLAND HABITAT ACTION PLAN FOR LOWLAND CALCAREOUS GRASSLAND AUTHOR: LEAD AGENCY: Dr Peter Shepherd Nottinghamshire Wildlife Trust The Old Ragged School Brook Street Nottingham NG1 1EA MOST RECENT UPDATE: June

More information

Oslo, September. Brendan Freeman. UK Office for National Statistics

Oslo, September. Brendan Freeman. UK Office for National Statistics 22 nd Meeting of the London Group on Environmental Accounting Oslo, 28-30 September CARBON ACCOUNTING IN THE UK: AN OVERVIEW OF PROGRESS AND ISSUES Brendan Freeman UK Office for National Statistics Introduction

More information

Pollinators and Road Verges In Wales

Pollinators and Road Verges In Wales Presentation Title Pollinators and Road Verges Pollinators and Road Verges In Wales Shrill Carder Bee Mike Clark Plantlife Dr. Mike Howe NRW Invertebrate Ecologist May 2014 Key Pollinators Pie chart constructed

More information

A Preliminary Assessment of the Economic Benefits of Project Aqua

A Preliminary Assessment of the Economic Benefits of Project Aqua A Preliminary Assessment of the Economic Benefits of Project Aqua Appendix AM to Project Aqua: Assessment of Effects on the Environment Final - Cleared for Public Release Date of Report: 31 March 2003

More information

ABOUT PEATLANDS? THE TRUTH BEHIND THE BOG

ABOUT PEATLANDS? THE TRUTH BEHIND THE BOG ABOUT PEATLANDS? THE TRUTH BEHIND THE BOG Peatlands are wetland landscapes that are characterised by waterlogged organic soils made of dead and decaying plants. They may not sound or look much on first

More information

English Nature Research Reports. Number 598. Integrated washland management for flood defence and biodiversity

English Nature Research Reports. Number 598. Integrated washland management for flood defence and biodiversity English Nature Research Reports Number 598 Integrated washland management for flood defence and biodiversity Morris, J.*, Hess, T.M.*, Gowing, D.J.*, Leeds-Harrison, P.B.*, Bannister, N.*, Wade, M. + and

More information

Biodiversity Offsetting Pilots

Biodiversity Offsetting Pilots www.defra.gov.uk Biodiversity Offsetting Pilots Guidance for developers March 2012 Crown copyright 2012 You may re-use this information (not including logos) free of charge in any format or medium, under

More information

About the Trust. Saving the sound of summer

About the Trust. Saving the sound of summer About the Trust Saving the sound of summer Introduction Bumblebees are familiar and much-loved insects that pollinate our crops and wildflowers. We have a vision for a future in which our communities and

More information

Public consultation as part of the Fitness Check of the EU nature legislation (Birds and Habitats Directives)

Public consultation as part of the Fitness Check of the EU nature legislation (Birds and Habitats Directives) Case Id: ba6dfba8-a823-4528-83a4-024710c53f48 Date: 16/07/2015 13:57:33 Public consultation as part of the Fitness Check of the EU nature legislation (Birds and Habitats Directives) Fields marked with

More information

Impacts of increasing energy crops on food and other ecosystem services

Impacts of increasing energy crops on food and other ecosystem services Agro2010: Montpellier August 31st Impacts of increasing energy crops on food and other ecosystem services http://www.relu-biomass.org.uk/ Biomass crops are being encouraged: Non-food crop Recycle their

More information

Developing Datasets for Biodiversity 2020: Outcome 1D (Omnicom 24951/ITT455)

Developing Datasets for Biodiversity 2020: Outcome 1D (Omnicom 24951/ITT455) Natural England Commissioned Report NECR214 Developing Datasets for Biodiversity 2020: Outcome 1D (Omnicom 24951/ITT455) First published 13 September 2016 www.gov.uk/natural-england Foreword Natural England

More information

Securing biodiversity: the delivery framework for priority habitats and species in England. Update Note 2

Securing biodiversity: the delivery framework for priority habitats and species in England. Update Note 2 Securing biodiversity: the delivery framework for priority habitats and species in England. Update Note 2 A communication note by the Biodiversity Integration Leaders (BILs): David Appleton, Helen Moggridge

More information

Background and Rationale

Background and Rationale The Peat Project Partnership Peat Project is an initiative to bring together English, Welsh and Northern Irish departments and agencies to address peatland issues. Phase 1 (ends Dec 09) aims to: Improve

More information

The Impact of CAP Reform on Devon s Agriculture

The Impact of CAP Reform on Devon s Agriculture The Impact of CAP Reform on Devon s Agriculture Matt Lobley & Allan Butler Introduction The 2003 CAP reform agreement and its means of implementation represent a radical change to the system of farm support

More information

3. Enclosed Farmland: Arable and Horticulture and Improved Grassland Broad Habitats

3. Enclosed Farmland: Arable and Horticulture and Improved Grassland Broad Habitats 쑿 Potato crop and margin, England NERC 3. Enclosed Farmland: Arable and Horticulture and Improved Grassland Broad Habitats Summary The area of land in the Arable and Horticulture Broad Habitat decreased

More information

THE HIDDEN TRUTH Italy Veneto Environmental impact of new Rural Development Programmes

THE HIDDEN TRUTH Italy Veneto Environmental impact of new Rural Development Programmes THE HIDDEN TRUTH Italy Veneto Environmental impact of new Rural Development Programmes 2014-2020 One of the overarching aims of Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) reform was to make it deliver more for the

More information

Natura 2000: Benefits and Opportunities for Farmers. Małgorzata Siuta, CEEweb for Biodiversity and Olivia Lewis

Natura 2000: Benefits and Opportunities for Farmers. Małgorzata Siuta, CEEweb for Biodiversity and Olivia Lewis Natura 2000: Benefits and Opportunities for Farmers Małgorzata Siuta, CEEweb for Biodiversity and Olivia Lewis EU Biodiversity Committments HD Art. 6: avoid deterioration of species and habitats: implement

More information

Independent Supplementary Reviews of the Regional Development Agencies

Independent Supplementary Reviews of the Regional Development Agencies June 2010 Independent Supplementary Reviews of the Regional Development Agencies Summary Report Our vision is to help the nation spend wisely. We apply our unique perspective of public audit to help Parliament

More information

Jo Ellis The Forestry Commission National Office for England Great Eastern House Tenison Road Cambridge CB1 2DU. 28 January 2002.

Jo Ellis The Forestry Commission National Office for England Great Eastern House Tenison Road Cambridge CB1 2DU. 28 January 2002. Jo Ellis The Forestry Commission National Office for England Great Eastern House Tenison Road Cambridge CB1 2DU 28 January 2002 Dear Jo Ellis, I am writing on behalf of the Executive Committee (England

More information

BIODIVERSITY ACTION PLAN

BIODIVERSITY ACTION PLAN BIODIVERSITY ACTION PLAN FOR HAMPSHIRE V O L U M E O N E HAMPSHIRE BIODIVERSITY PARTNERSHIP BIODIVERSITY ACTION PLAN FOR HAMPSHIRE VOLUME ONE Compiled by Jacklyn Johnston on behalf of the Hampshire Biodiversity

More information

Brown hare numbers are increasing on the farm since ELS and voluntary measures have been adopted.

Brown hare numbers are increasing on the farm since ELS and voluntary measures have been adopted. NATURE OF FARMING AWARD NATIONAL JUDGING FORM REGION/COUNTRY NORTHERN ENGLAND FARMER RICHARD BRAMLEY FARM ADDRESS MANOR FARM, YORK FARMING SYSTEM ARABLE FARM SIZE (ha) 200 JUDGE(S) JANET FAIRCLOUGH & CHRISTINA

More information

3 CURRENT FACTORS AFFECTING THE

3 CURRENT FACTORS AFFECTING THE SAND LIZARD Lacerta agilis Hampshire Biodiversity Partnership 1 INTRODUCTION The sand lizard is a rare terrestrial reptile, found mainly in southern England in the counties of Dorset, Hampshire, Surrey

More information

UNITED UTILITIES SCaMP SUSTAINABLE CATCHMENT MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME MONITORING PROGRESS REPORT YEAR 4

UNITED UTILITIES SCaMP SUSTAINABLE CATCHMENT MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME MONITORING PROGRESS REPORT YEAR 4 UNITED UTILITIES SCaMP SUSTAINABLE CATCHMENT MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME MONITORING PROGRESS REPORT YEAR 4 Penny Anderson Associates Limited Park Lea 60 Park Road Buxton Derbyshire SK17 6SN Project Manager Penny

More information

Support mechanisms for organic conversion in England and Wales

Support mechanisms for organic conversion in England and Wales Support mechanisms for organic conversion in England and Wales Tony Little, Sustainable Farming Consultancy 27 January 2016 Overview Government organic support schemes Other government grants Non- governmental

More information

Biodiversity and climate change, developing resilience in upland environments. Ian Crosher March 2015

Biodiversity and climate change, developing resilience in upland environments. Ian Crosher March 2015 Biodiversity and climate change, developing resilience in upland environments. Ian Crosher March 2015 What temperature are we developing resilience for? Changing approach as the climate changes 1 C > 2

More information

England s peatlands: carbon storage and greenhouse gases

England s peatlands: carbon storage and greenhouse gases England s peatlands: carbon storage and greenhouse gases Estimated carbon storage in England s peatlands Information on area and status of peatlands can be combined with estimates of peat carbon content,

More information

MID-TERM EVALUATION OF THE RURAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR WALES

MID-TERM EVALUATION OF THE RURAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR WALES MID-TERM EVALUATION OF THE RURAL DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR WALES Appendix 3 Review of the Evaluation Evidence Base Final report for Welsh European Funding Office Submitted by Agra CEAS Consulting Ltd. Telephone:

More information

THE CONSERVATION (NATURAL HABITATS, &c.) (AMENDMENT) (ENGLAND AND WALES) REGULATIONS 2006 Response from Wildlife and Countryside Link June 2006

THE CONSERVATION (NATURAL HABITATS, &c.) (AMENDMENT) (ENGLAND AND WALES) REGULATIONS 2006 Response from Wildlife and Countryside Link June 2006 THE CONSERVATION (NATURAL HABITATS, &c.) (AMENDMENT) (ENGLAND AND WALES) REGULATIONS 2006 Response from Wildlife and Countryside Link June 2006 INTRODUCTION Wildlife and Countryside Link (Link) is a coalition

More information

Making a difference to life: Biodiversity and you

Making a difference to life: Biodiversity and you Making a difference to life: Biodiversity and you Simple steps to improve the living world. Biodiversity The richness and variety of the living world. For more information visit www.nebiodiversity.org.uk

More information